You are on page 1of 219

CHAPTER 4

PROBLEM 4.1
Knowing that the couple shown acts in a vertical plane, determine the
stress at (a) point A, (b) point B.

SOLUTION

For rectangle:

I=

1 3
bh
12

For cross sectional area:
I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 =

1
1
1
(2)(1.5)3 +
(2)(5.5)3 +
(2)(1.5)3 = 28.854 in 4
12
12
12

(a)

y A = 2.75 in.

σA = −

My A
(25)(2.75)
=−
I
28.854

(b)

yB = 0.75 in.

σB = −

MyB
(25)(0.75)
=−
I
28.854

σ A = −2.38 ksi 
σ B = −0.650 ksi 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.2
Knowing that the couple shown acts in a vertical plane, determine
the stress at (a) point A, (b) point B.

SOLUTION
For rectangle:

I =

1 3
bh
12

Outside rectangle:

I1 =

1
(80)(120)3
12

I1 = 11.52 × 106 mm 4 = 11.52 × 10−6 m 4

Cutout:

I2 =

1
(40)(80)3
12

I 2 = 1.70667 × 106 mm 4 = 1.70667 × 10−6 m 4

Section:
(a)

I = I1 − I 2 = 9.81333 × 10−6 m 4

y A = 40 mm = 0.040 m

σA = −

My A
(15 × 103 )(0.040)
=−
= −61.6 × 106 Pa
I
9.81333 × 10−6

σ A = −61.6 MPa 
(b)

yB = −60 mm = −0.060 m

σB = −

MyB
(15 × 103 )(−0.060)
=−
= 91.7 × 106 Pa
−6
I
9.81333 × 10

σ B = 91.7 MPa 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

6 in.54 ) = 139.49 × 10−3 ) 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means.7 × 10−3 ) 0. SOLUTION (a) I = π (r 4 4 o ) − ri4 = π 4 (0.405 kip ⋅ in  (b) π (0.7 M = 3.54 ) = 52.6 M = 1.19 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. determine the largest couple that can be applied to each pipe. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.7 × 10−3 in 4 c = 0.7 4 − 0.3 Using an allowable stress of 16 ksi. .49 × 10−3 in 4 4 c = 0. All rights reserved. I = σ = Mc : I M = σI c = (16)(139. No part of this Manual may be displayed.7 in. reproduced.PROBLEM 4. σ = Mc : I M = σI c = (16)(52. without the prior written permission of the publisher.64 − 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Knowing that the allowable stress for the grade of nylon used is 24 MPa. No part of this Manual may be displayed.4 A nylon spacing bar has the cross section shown. reproduced.9599 × 106 mm 4 12 4 = 3. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.38 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. determine the largest couple Mz that can be applied to the bar. A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.040 m 2 σ = Mc : I Mz = σI c = (24 × 106 )(3. SOLUTION I = I rect − I circle = = 1 3 π 4 bh − r 12 4 1 π (100)(80)3 − (25) 4 = 3.040 M z = 2.9599 × 10−6 ) = 2.9599 × 10−6 m c= 80 = 40 mm = 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. . or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.38 × 103 N ⋅ m 0.

40902 × 106 mm 4 = 1.40902 × 10−6 )(150 × 106 ) = = 5. or distributed in any form or by any means. reproduced.PROBLEM 4.00.67 × 103 mm 4 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 1. determine the largest couple that can be applied to the beam when it is bent about the z-axis.40902 × 10−6 m 4 1 Mc with c = (80) = 40 mm = 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.67 × 103 mm 4 12 1 I 2 = (16)(32)3 = 43. No part of this Manual may be displayed. 1 (16)(80)3 = 682. SOLUTION Allowable stress.28 × 103 N ⋅ m M= 0. Inc.S . without the prior written permission of the publisher. A student using this manual is using it without permission.040 m 2 I I σ (1. = σU F. Using a factor of safety of 3.28 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5 A beam of the cross section shown is extruded from an aluminum alloy for which σ Y = 250 MPa and σ U = 450 MPa.040 c σ= M = 5.69 × 103 mm 4 12 I 3 = I1 = 682. = 450 = 150 MPa 3 = 150 × 106 Pa Moment of inertia about z-axis. All rights reserved.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.51 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission. PROBLEM 4.987 × 103 mm 4 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 720. 4.923 × 103 mm 4 12 I 3 = I1 = 354. Using a factor of safety of 3.9 × 10−9 m 4 1 Mc with c = (48) = 24 mm = 0. . No part of this Manual may be displayed.024 c σ= M = 4.5 A beam of the cross section shown is extruded from an aluminum alloy for which σ Y = 250 MPa and σ U = 450 MPa.9 × 10−9 )(150 × 106 ) = = 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher.6 Solve Prob. determine the largest couple that can be applied to the beam when it is bent about the z-axis.51 × 103 N ⋅ m M= 0. 1 (80)(16)3 + (80)(16)(16) 2 = 354. All rights reserved. or distributed in any form or by any means. assuming that the beam is bent about the y-axis.PROBLEM 4. reproduced.S .00.024 m 2 I I σ (720. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.00 = 150 × 106 Pa Moment of inertia about y-axis.5.987 × 103 mm 4 12 1 I 2 = (32)(16)3 = 10.9 × 103 mm 4 = 720. = 450 = 150 MPa 3. SOLUTION = Allowable stress: σU F.

0 σ I (19.333) (55.87 in 4 For both sections.3 + (3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.16 in. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means.0.08) 2 = 27.83)(2. Inc. .16 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. M all σU 58 = 19.PROBLEM 4.7 Two W4 × 13 rolled sections are welded together as shown. 3.16 σ all = = σ= Mc I M all = 259 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. I x = 11. moment of inertia about axis a-a is I a = I x + Ad 2 = 11.S . All rights reserved. I z = 2 I a = 55. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Knowing that for the steel alloy used σ Y = 36 ksi and σ U = 58 ksi and using a factor of safety of 3.) Area = 3.333 ksi F . (See Appendix C. without the prior written permission of the publisher. SOLUTION Properties of W4 × 13 rolled section.74) = all = c 4. determine the largest couple that can be applied when the assembly is bent about the z axis.3 in 4 For one rolled section.83 in 2 Depth = 4.74 in 4 c = depth = 4.

. A student using this manual is using it without permission. σU 58 = = 19.0 σ I (19.) Area = 3. I z = 2 I b = 39. without the prior written permission of the publisher.1 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.286) = all = 4.83)(2.86 in 4 For one rolled section. Inc. (See Appendix C.86 + (3. 3.83 in 2 Width = 4. All rights reserved.030) 2 = 19.8 Two W4 × 13 rolled sections are welded together as shown. or distributed in any form or by any means. determine the largest couple that can be applied when the assembly is bent about the z axis. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Knowing that for the steel alloy used σ Y = 36 ksi and σ U = 58 ksi and using a factor of safety of 3.0.333) (39. moment of inertia about axis b-b is I b = I y + Ad 2 = 3.PROBLEM 4.643 in 4 For both sections. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. SOLUTION Properties of W4 × 13 rolled section.060 c σ all = M all σ= Mc I M all = 187.333 ksi F . I y = 3.S . reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.060 in.286 in 4 c = width = 4.060 in.

334) = 10.16 × 103 mm 4 = 401.104 × 103 mm 4 12 12 d 2 = y2 − y = −12.866 × 103 + (981.7)(12.944)2 = 207.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved.027334) = −81. No part of this Manual may be displayed.886 × 106 mm 4 8 8 d1 = y1 − y = 10.022666 m M − Pa = 0 : σ top = σ bot = −Mytop M = Pa = (4 × 103 )(300 × 10−3 ) = 1200 N ⋅ m (1200)(0.334 mm = 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.76 × 106 Pa 401.7 + 1250 I1 = I x1 − A1 y12 = π r 4 − A1 y12 = π (25) 4 − (981.5 mm 2 2 y1 = A1 y1 + A2 y2 (981. SOLUTION A1 = π 2 r2 = π 2 (25) 2 = 981. or distributed in any form or by any means.666 mm = −0.027334 m ybot = −25 + 2. Inc.288 × 103 mm 4 I = I1 + I 2 = 401.16 × 10−9 m 4 ytop = 25 + 2.8 MPa  −Mybot (1200)(−0.7)(10.9 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross section shown. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.610 mm 3π 3π h 25 y2 = − = − = −12.104 × 103 + (1250)(10.610 − ( −2.022666) =− = 67.610) + (1250)(−12.80 × 106 Pa I 401.5 − (−2.16 × 10−9 σ bot = 67. without the prior written permission of the publisher.7)(10. . reproduced.8 MPa  I =− PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.610) 2 = 42.166 mm I2 = I 2 = I 2 + A2 d 22 = 65.166)2 = 194.16 × 10−9 σ top = −81.334) = 12. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in portion BC of the beam.334 mm A1 + A2 981.7 mm 2 A2 = bh = (50)(25) = 1250 mm 2 y = 4r (4)(25) = = 10.35 × 103 mm 4 1 3 1 bh = (50)(25)3 = 65.5) = = −2.334 = −22.334 = 27.944 mm I1 = I1 + A1d12 = 42.

150) = 1.025) =− = 73. or distributed in any form or by any means. mm 2 y0 . .2 MPa (tension)  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.4 MPa (compression)  σ bot = 73. Inc. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5 × 103 )(−0.5 × 103 = 25 mm 1500 Neutral axis lies 25 mm above the base. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5 × 103 )(0.035 m ybot = −25 mm = −0.5 × 103 1500 Y0 = 37.5 × 10−9 σ top = −102.PROBLEM 4.5 × 10−9 M ybot (1.5 × 103 mm 4 = 512.5 × 103 37. 1 (10)(60)3 + (600)(5)2 = 195 × 103 mm 4 I 2 = I1 = 195 mm 4 12 1 I 3 = (30)(10)3 + (300)(20) 2 = 122.035) = −102.2 × 106 Pa I 512. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. All rights reserved. mm A y0 .5 × 10−9 m 4 I1 = ytop = 35 mm = 0.5 × 103 mm 4 12 I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 512.4 × 106 Pa 512. mm3  600 30 18 × 103  600 30 18 × 103  300 5 1. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission.5 ×103 N ⋅ m σ top = − σ bot = − M ytop I =− (1.025 m a = 150 mm = 0.150 m P = 10 × 103 N M = Pa = (10 × 103 )(0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in portion BC of the beam. SOLUTION A.10 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross section shown.

222) 155.278) 2 = 73. .40 ksi (tension)  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.16 in 4 ytop = 3.778 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher.11 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross section shown.5 60  6 4 24  4 0.63 in 4 12 12 1 1 3 2 I 3 = b3 h3 + A3 d3 = (4)(1)3 + (4)(4. above the base. Inc. reproduced.16 σ top = −10.5 Σ 18 Yo = 2 86 86 = 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. SOLUTION A y0 A y0  8 7. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in portion BC of the beam. 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (8)(1)3 + (8)(2.778 in.38 ksi (compression)  σ bot = 15.94 + 21.94 in 4 12 12 1 1 I 2 = b2 h23 + A2 d 22 = (1)(6)3 + (6)(0. All rights reserved. A student using this manual is using it without permission.778 in. ybot = −4. I1 = M − Pa = 0 M = Pa = (25)(20) = 500 kip ⋅ in σ top = − σ bot = − Mytop I =− (500)(3.PROBLEM 4.54 in 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 59. No part of this Manual may be displayed.63 + 73.57 = 155.222 in.16 Mybot (500)(−4. 18 Neutral axis lies 4. or distributed in any form or by any means.778)2 = 21.778) =− I 155. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.772)2 = 59.

Inc. Over an area element dA.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. determine the total force acting on the top flange. without the prior written permission of the publisher. the force is dF = σ x dA = − My dA I The total force on the shaded area is then  F = dF = −  My M dA = − I I  ydA = − M * * y A I where y * is the centroidal coordinate of the shaded portion and A* is its area. reproduced. d1 = 54 − 18 = 36 mm d 2 = 54 + 36 − 54 = 36 mm PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. The force on the shaded portion is calculated from this stress distribution. All rights reserved. SOLUTION The stress distribution over the entire cross section is given by the bending stress formula: σx = − My I where y is a coordinate with its origin on the neutral axis and I is the moment of inertia of the entire cross sectional area. .12 Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent about a horizontal axis and that the bending moment is 6 kN ⋅ m.

8 kN  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A* = (216)(36) = 7776 mm 2 y * = 36 mm A* y * = 279.936 × 103 mm3 = 279.PROBLEM 4.8 × 103 N F = 58.9175 × 106 mm4 12 12 1 1 3 2 I 2 = b2 h2 + A2 d 2 = (72)(108)3 + (72)(108)(36)2 = 17. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5535 × 106 mm4 = 28.936 × 10−6 m3 F =− MA* y * (6 × 103 )(279.6360 × 106 mm 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 28.5535 × 10−6 = 58. A student using this manual is using it without permission. All rights reserved.12 (Continued) Moment of inertia of entire cross section: 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (216)(36)3 + (216)(36)(36)2 = 10. . reproduced.936 × 10−6 ) = I 28. or distributed in any form or by any means.5535 × 10−6 m 4 I1 = For the shaded area. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Inc.

PROBLEM 4.13
Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent about a horizontal
axis and that the bending moment is 6 kN ⋅ m, determine the total force
acting on the shaded portion of the web.

SOLUTION
The stress distribution over the entire cross section is given by the bending stress formula:

σx = −

My
I

where y is a coordinate with its origin on the neutral axis and I is the moment of inertia of the entire cross
sectional area. The force on the shaded portion is calculated from this stress distribution. Over an area
element dA, the force is
dF = σ x dA = −

My
dA
I

The total force on the shaded area is then

F = dF = −

My
M
dA = −
I
I

 ydA = −

M * *
y A
I

where y * is the centroidal coordinate of the shaded portion and A* is its area.
d1 = 54 − 18 = 36 mm
d 2 = 54 + 36 − 54 = 36 mm

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.13 (Continued)
Moment of inertia of entire cross section:
1
1
b1h13 + A1d12 = (216)(36)3 + (216)(36)(36)2 = 10.9175 × 106 mm 4
12
12
1
1
I 2 = b2 h23 + A2 d 22 = (72)(108)3 + (72)(108)(36) 2 = 17.6360 × 106 mm 4
12
12
I = I1 + I 2 = 28.5535 × 106 mm 4 = 28.5535 × 10−6 m 4
I1 =

For the shaded area,
A* = (72)(90) = 6480 mm 2
y * = 45 mm
A* y * = 291.6 × 103 mm3 = 291.6 × 10−6 m
F=

MA* y * (6 × 103 )(291.6 × 10−6 )
=
I
28.5535 × 10−6

= 61.3 × 103 N

F = 61.3 kN 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.14
Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent about a horizontal axis
and that the bending moment is 50 kip ⋅ in., determine the total force acting
(a) on the top flange, (b) on the shaded portion of the web.

SOLUTION
The stress distribution over the entire cross-section is given by the bending stress formula:

σx = −

My
I

where y is a coordinate with its origin on the neutral axis and I is the moment of
inertia of the entire cross sectional area. The force on the shaded portion is
calculated from this stress distribution. Over an area element dA, the force is
dF = σ x dA = −

My
dA
I

The total force on the shaded area is then

F = dF = −

My
M
dA = −
I
I

 ydA = −

M * *
y A
I

where y * is the centroidal coordinate of the shaded portion and A* is its area.
Calculate the moment of inertia.

1
1
(6 in.)(7 in.)3 − (4 in.)(4 in.)3 = 150.17 in 4
12
12
M = 50 kip ⋅ in
I =

(a)

Top flange:

A* = (6 in.)(1.5 in.) = 9 in 2
F =

(b)

Half web:

50 kip ⋅ in
(9 in 2 )(2.75 in.) = 8.24 kips
150.17 in 4

A* = (2 in.)(2 in.) = 4 in 2
F =

y * = 2 in. + 0.75 in. = 2.75 in.
F = 8.24 kips 

y * = 1 in.

50 kip ⋅ in
(4 in 2 )(1 in.) = 1.332 kips
150.17 in 4

F = 1.332 kips 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.15
The beam shown is made of a nylon for which the allowable stress is
24 MPa in tension and 30 MPa in compression. Determine the largest
couple M that can be applied to the beam.

SOLUTION

A, mm 2

y0 , mm

A y0 , mm3

600

22.5

13.5 × 103

300

7.5

2.25 × 103

Σ

900

Y0 =

15.75 × 103

15.5 × 103
= 17.5 mm
900

The neutral axis lies 17.5 mm above the bottom.

ytop = 30 − 17.5 = 12.5 mm = 0.0125 m
ybot = −17.5 mm = −0.0175 m
1
1
b1h13 + A1d12 = (40)(15)3 + (600)(5)2 = 26.25 × 103 mm 4
12
12
1
1
I 2 = b2 h23 + A2 d 22 = (20)(15)3 + (300)(10)2 = 35.625 × 103 mm 4
12
12
I = I1 + I 2 = 61.875 × 103 mm 4 = 61.875 × 10−9 m 4
I1 =

|σ | =

My
I

M=

σI
y

Top: (tension side)

M=

(24 × 106 )(61.875 × 10−9 )
= 118.8 N ⋅ m
0.0125

Bottom: (compression)

M=

(30 × 106 )(61.875 × 10−9 )
= 106.1 N ⋅ m
0.0175

Choose smaller value.

M = 106.1 N ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

6 N ⋅ m 0.PROBLEM 4. ytop = 40 − 23. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.59 mm = 0.09)2 = 60. mm3  600 32.25 × 103 Σ 1100 Y0 = 25.5 × 103  500 12.41 mm = −0.827 × 103 mm 4 12 12 1 1 I 2 = b2 h22 + A2 d 22 = (20)(25)3 + (500)(10. Inc.383 × 10−9 ) = 212 N ⋅ m 0. PROBLEM 4. mm A y0 .6 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.75 × 103 = 23. reproduced.16 Solve Prob.383 × 10−9 ) = 187. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.15.5 19. .01659 Bottom: (compression) M= (30 × 106 )(146.01659 m ybot = −23. Determine the largest couple M that can be applied to the beam. 4. assuming that d = 40 mm.02341 m 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (40)(15)3 + (600)(9. M = 187.15 The beam shown is made of a nylon for which the allowable stress is 24 MPa in tension and 30 MPa in compression. mm 2 y0 . All rights reserved. SOLUTION A.41 mm 1100 The neutral axis lies 23.383 × 10−9 m 4 I1 = |σ | = My I M= σI y Top: (tension side) M= (24 × 106 )(146.75 × 103 25. or distributed in any form or by any means.91)2 = 85.5 6.41 = 16.02341 Choose smaller value. without the prior written permission of the publisher.383 × 103 mm 4 = 146.556 × 103 mm 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 146.41 mm above the bottom. A student using this manual is using it without permission. No part of this Manual may be displayed.

4 kip ⋅ in 1.5)2 = 0.5) 2 = 0. M all = 20.0 − 0.375 3.59375) = 25. All rights reserved. SOLUTION A y0  2.50 The neutral axis lies 0.25 0. ytop = 2. above bottom. without the prior written permission of the publisher.17 Knowing that for the extruded beam shown the allowable stress is 12 ksi in tension and 16 ksi in compression.75 in.75 = 1.25 in. No part of this Manual may be displayed.25)(0. ybot = −0. 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (1.75 Choose the smaller as Mall.5 kip ⋅ in 0.5)3 + (2.50 Y= A y0 3.59375) = 20.75 in.8125  2. A student using this manual is using it without permission.59375 in 4 I1 = σ = My I M = σI y Top: (compression) M = (16)(1.25)(0.25 Bottom: (tension) M = (12)(1. 4. Inc.5625 4.4 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.25 2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.75 in.25 1.609375 in 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 1. or distributed in any form or by any means.PROBLEM 4.5)(1.. determine the largest couple M that can be applied.984375 in 4 12 12 1 1 I 2 = b2 h22 + A2 d 22 = (4.5)(0.5)3 + (2.25 0. reproduced. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.375 = 0. .

1667 0. A 3. . Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission. determine the largest couple M that can be applied. in 4 Part A.917 in.583 σ B ≤ 18 ksi M ≤ The smaller value is the allowable value of M.4166 0. SOLUTION Locate the neutral axis and compute the moment of inertia.11 kip ⋅ in 0.0277 0.3333 0.18 Knowing that for the casting shown the allowable stress is 5 ksi in tension and 18 ksi in compression. in 3 1 1.75 0.125 0. M ≤ Compression at B: (5)(0.0 0.479) = 9.875 0. in. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed. cB = 0. in 2 yi .0 Ai di2 .25 1.PROBLEM 4. (18)(0.11 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.03125 2 1.583 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.1667 0.917 M = 4.5 1. reproduced.40 kip ⋅ in 0.0 0. Y =  Ai yi  Ai I = 1 bi hi3 for rectangle 12 I = ( Ai di2 + I ) di = yi − Y I .6667 0. 2.4166 + 0.479 in 4 Allowable bending moment.9167 in.479) = 4.5 0.75 I = ( I + Ad 2 ) = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.75 = = 0. in. in 4 di .02083 3 0.01042 Σ 3.0625 = 0.25 0. σ = Tension at A: Mc I or M = σI c σ A ≤ 5 ksi c A = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.2222 0.75 0.0625 Y =  Ay 2. Ai yi .

All rights reserved. or distributed in any form or by any means.5 × 103 )(0) + (−7.5 × 103 mm 2 A2 = −π (50) 2 = − 7.19 Knowing that for the extruded beam shown the allowable stress is 120 MPa in tension and 150 MPa in compression.11175 m σ= Bottom: (compression side) M= I σ (165.2463 = 138.892 × 106 − 36.2463) 2  4  = 201.85398 × 103 mm 2 A = A1 + A2 = 29. without the prior written permission of the publisher.8 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.567 × 106 mm 4 = 165.2463 = 111. reproduced.3254 × 106 = 165. SOLUTION  rectangle  circular cutout A1 = (150)(250) = 37. A student using this manual is using it without permission.64 × 103 N ⋅ m M = 177. Inc. .7537 mm = 0.64602 × 103 mm 2 y1 = 0 mm y2 = −50 mm Y = ΣA y ΣA (37.13825 m σ= Choose the smaller.567 × 10−6 )(150 × 106 ) = c 0.2463) 2  12  π  −  (50) 4 + (7.2463 mm = 0.567 × 10−6 m 4 Top: (tension side) c = 125 − 13.85398 × 103 )(50 + 13. determine the largest couple M that can be applied. Mc I Mc I M= I σ (165.64602 × 103 = 13.79 × 103 N ⋅ m c = 125 + 13.8 × 103 N ⋅ m M = 177. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.PROBLEM 4.11175 = 177. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.13825 = 179.85393 × 103 )(−50) 29.567 × 10−6 )(120 × 106 ) = c 0.2463 mm Y = I X ′ = Σ( I + Ad 2 ) = I1 − I 2 1  =  (150)(250)3 + (37.5 × 103 )(13. No part of this Manual may be displayed.

reproduced. determine the largest couple M that can be applied.16 × 10 mm = 758.32 × 103 mm 4 12 12 1 1 1 I 2 = b2 h22 + A2 d 22 = (40)(54)3 + (40)(54)(6)2 = 213.7908 × 103 N ⋅ m 0. mm  2160 27 58320 3  1080 36 38880 3 Σ 3240 Y = 97200 = 30 mm 3240 97200 The neutral axis lies 30 mm above the bottom. mm3 d. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.7908 × 103 N ⋅ m 0. ytop = 54 − 30 = 24 mm = 0. mm A y0 .024 m ybot = −30 mm = −0.030 Choose the smaller as Mall.16 × 10−9 ) = 3.024 Bottom: (compression) M= (150 × 106 )(758.16 × 10−9 ) = 3. . All rights reserved. mm 2 y0 . A student using this manual is using it without permission.79 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.16 × 10−9 m 4 I1 = |σ | = My I |M | = σI y Top: (tension side) M= (120 × 106 )(758. No part of this Manual may be displayed.20 Knowing that for the extruded beam shown the allowable stress is 120 MPa in tension and 150 MPa in compression. Inc.030 m 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (40)(54)3 + (40)(54)(3)2 = 544. or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION A. M all = 3.84 × 103 mm 4 36 36 2 3 4 I = I1 + I 2 = 758.7908 × 103 N ⋅ m M all = 3.

reproduced.009 = 0. Radius of pulley: r= 1 d = 4.-diameter pulleys when mounted on a band saw. 2 Radius of curvature of centerline of blade: 1 2 ρ = r + t = 4. SOLUTION Band blade thickness: t = 0.009 in.21 A steel band saw blade. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Use E = 29 × 106 psi. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.002245 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed. All rights reserved.018 in.000 in.002245) ρ = σ m = 65. thick and 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4.1 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. that was originally straight. knowing that it is 0.625 in. Inc.009 Maximum strain: εm = Maximum stress: σ m = Eε m = (29 × 106 )(0.009 in. 2 c 0. Determine the maximum stress in the blade. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.1 × 103 psi σ m = 65. or distributed in any form or by any means. c= 1 t = 0. wide.018 in. passes over 8-in. .

for storage and transportation. Assuming that the yield strength is not exceeded. which is initially straight.61 × 10−6 in 4 1 D = 30 in. 2 2 π 4 r4 = π 4 (0. determine (a) the maximum stress in a rod. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.PROBLEM 4. is wrapped on a spool. All rights reserved. . reproduced. diameter and 200-ft length are sometimes used to clear underground conduits of obstructions or to thread wires through a new conduit.15 in. are wrapped on spools of 5-ft diameter. (b) the corresponding bending moment in the rod. Use E = 29 × 106 psi .15) 4 = 397.22 Straight rods of 0.61 × 10−6 ) 30 σ max = 145 ksi  M = 384 lb ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.30-in. 2 c = r = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. The rods are made of high-strength steel and. SOLUTION Radius of cross section: r = Moment of inertia: I = D = 5 ft = 60 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Inc. when the rod. ρ = 1 1 d = (0. (a) σ max = (b) M = EI ρ Ec ρ = = (29 × 106 )(0.15 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. A student using this manual is using it without permission.15) = 145 × 103 psi 30 (29 × 106 )(397.30) = 0.

.602 mm  Moment of inertia for a rectangular section. or distributed in any form or by any means.14324 M = 0. (b) the corresponding moment M of the couples. we get ρ = 900 mm = 143. Since the circumference is equal to 2π times ρ. c= (a) (0.24 mm = 0.PROBLEM 4. reproduced. without the prior written permission of the publisher.14324)(420 × 106 ) = 0. the circumference is 900 mm. I = (b) bt 3 (8 × 10−3 )(0. All rights reserved.23 A 900-mm strip of steel is bent into a full circle by two couples applied as shown. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.6016 × 10−3 m t = 0. SOLUTION When the rod is bent into a full circle.203 N ⋅ m 0.14324 m 2π σ = Eε = Stress: Ec or ρ c= ρσ E For σ = 420 MPa and E = 200 GPa. No part of this Manual may be displayed.203 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.3008 × 10−3 m 200 × 109 Maximum thickness: t = 2c = 0. Determine (a) the maximum thickness t of the strip if the allowable stress of the steel is 420 MPa.16 × 10−15 ) = 0.16 × 10−15 m 4 12 12 Bending moment: M= M = EI ρ (200 × 109 )(145.6016 × 10−3 )3 = = 145. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. the radius of curvature. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Use E = 200 GPa . Inc.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. 1 3 1 bh = (12)(20)3 = 8 × 103 mm4 = 8 × 10−9 m 4 12 12 20 c= = 10 mm = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. (b) Solve part a.88 × 10−9 m4 12 12 12 c= = 6 mm = 0.006) = = 125. reproduced.0 MPa  ρ = 26. determine the maximum stress and the radius of curvature of the bar. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means.60 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.7 m  Bending about y-axis. A student using this manual is using it without permission. 1 3 1 bh = (20)(12)3 = 2.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. assuming that the couple is applied about the y axis.88 × 103 mm4 = 2.0 MPa  ρ = 9. Use E = 200 GPa.010 m 2 I= σ= 1 ρ (b) = Mc (60)(0.006 m 2 Mc (60)(0. .010) = = 75.17 × 10−3 m −1 −9 9 EI (200 × 10 )(2.24 A 60 N ⋅ m couple is applied to the steel bar shown. (a) Assuming that the couple is applied about the z axis as shown. SOLUTION (a) Bending about z-axis.0 × 106 Pa σ= I 2.88 × 10 ) σ = 125.5 × 10−3 m −1 EI (200 × 109 )(8 × 10 −9 ) σ = 75. without the prior written permission of the publisher.88 × 10−9 I= 1 ρ = M 60 = = 104.0 × 106 Pa I 8 × 10−9 M 60 = = 37.

. reproduced. determine the maximum stress and the curvature of the bar. SOLUTION 1 3 1 3 a4 bh = aa = 12 12 12 a c= 2 I= σ max 1 ρ a Mc M 2 = = 4 I a 12 = M M = EI E a 4 12 σ max = 1 ρ = 6M  a3 12M  Ea 4 For one triangle. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4. Inc. For each of the orientations shown. or distributed in any form or by any means.25 A couple of magnitude M is applied to a square bar of side a. A student using this manual is using it without permission. the moment of inertia about its base is I1 = 1 3 1 bh = 12 12 I 2 = I1 =  a 2 ) a4 24 I = I1 + I 2 = c= ( 3  a  a4 2a  =  24  2 a4 12 σ max = 1 ρ = Mc Ma/ 2 6 2 M = 4 = I a /12 a3 M M =  EI E a 4 12 σ max = 1 ρ 8. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.49M  a3 = 12M  Ea 4 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved.

950 σ 0 (4h0 − 3h) h 2 (4h0 − (3)(0. Considering the case where h = 0.950 σ 0 k = 0.950  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION I = 4 I1 + 2 I 2  1 1 = (4)   h h3 + (2)   (2h0 − 2h) (h3 )  12  3 1 4 4 4 = h 4 + h 0 h3 − h h3 = h 0 h3 − h 4 3 3 3 3 c=h σ= For the original square. Inc. express the maximum stress in the bar in the form σ m = kσ 0 . A student using this manual is using it without permission.9 h02 ) σ = 0. σ0 = 3M 3M = 3 2 (4h0 − 3h0 )h0 h0 h03 h03 σ = = = 0.26 A portion of a square bar is removed by milling so that its cross section is as shown. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. The bar is then bent about its horizontal axis by a couple M. and determine the value of k.9h0. or distributed in any form or by any means. where σ 0 is the maximum stress that would have occurred if the original square bar had been bent by the same couple M. . reproduced. 3M Mc Mh = = 3 4 4 I (4h 0 − 3h) h 2 h h −h 3 0 h = h0 .9)h0 )(0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. c = h0 .

26 A portion of a square bar is removed by milling so that its cross section is as shown. No part of this Manual may be displayed.949 σ 0 256 3 768 k = 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc. express the maximum stress in the bar in the form σ m = kσ 0 . SOLUTION I = 4 I1 + 2 I 2  1  1 = (4)   hh3 + (2)   (2h0 − 2h) h3  12  3 1 4 4 4 4 = h − h 0 h3 − h3 = h 0 h3 − h 4 3 3 3 3 I 4 c=h = h 0 h 2 − h3 c 3 I d 4  is maximum at h 0 h 2 − h3  = 0.  c dh  3  8 h 0 h − 3h 2 = 0 3 2  3 I 4 8  8  256 3 = h0  h0  −  h0  = h0 729 c 3 9  9  For the original square.27 In Prob. (b) the corresponding value of k. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Considering the case where h = 0. . or distributed in any form or by any means.949  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.26. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved. and determine the value of k. h = h0 c = h0 σ0 = h= σ= 8 h 0  9 Mc 729M =  I 256h03 I0 1 3 = h0 c0 3 Mc0 3M = 2 I0 h0 σ 729 1 729 = ⋅ = = 0.PROBLEM 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission. where σ 0 is the maximum stress that would have occurred if the original square bar had been bent by the same couple M. The bar is then bent about its horizontal axis by a couple M.9h0. determine (a) the value of h for which the maximum stress σ m is as small as possible. 4. reproduced. PROBLEM 4.

SOLUTION Let D be the diameter of the log. c I 1 = b( D 2 − b 2 ) c 6 d I 1 2  = D − db  c  6 d = (b) ρ = I 1 = bd 2 c 6 D2 − = 1 2 1 D b − b3 6 6 3 2 b =0 6 1 2 D = 3 b= 1 D 3 2 D 3 d = b 2  d = b 3  EI M ρ is maximum when I is maximum. . or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced. 1 3 bd is maximum. No part of this Manual may be displayed. D2 = b2 + d 2 I = (a) 1 3 bd 12 d 2 = D 2 − b2 c= σm is the minimum when 1 d 2 I is maximum. 12 ( D 2 − d 2 )d 6 is maximum.PROBLEM 4. or b 2d 6 is maximum. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Determine the ratio d/b.28 A couple M will be applied to a beam of rectangular cross section that is to be sawed from a log of circular cross section. for which (a) the maximum stress σm will be as small as possible. All rights reserved. (b) the radius of curvature of the beam will be maximum. 6D 2d 5 − 8d 7 = 0 b= D2 − 3 2 1 D = D 4 2 d = 3 D 2 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc.

or distributed in any form or by any means. Use E = 10.33.6 × 106 psi and v = 0.0464°  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.25 = = = 810 × 10−6 rad ρ ′ 4010 radius ρ ′ = 334 ft  θ = 0.97) 1 1 = v = (0. 4.8 × 103 = = 755 × 10−6 in −1 EI (10. determine (a) the radius of curvature ρ ′ of a transverse cross section.1. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. (b) M = 103.97 in 4 1 ρ (a) = M 103. I = 12.6 × 106 )(12. No part of this Manual may be displayed.8 kip ⋅ in θ= length of arc b 3.PROBLEM 4. (b) the angle between the sides of the bar that were originally vertical.33) (755 × 10−6 ) = 249 × 10−6 in −1 ρ′ ρ ρ ′ = 4010 in. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Inc. All rights reserved. .29 For the aluminum bar and loading of Sample Prob. SOLUTION From Sample Prob. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. 4.

.042) ε 1 = vε = vc ρ =v ρ = 1007 in.30 For the bar and loading of Example 4.01.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.29)(993 × 10−6 )in.01.  c ρ′ 1 1 = v = (0.01320°  θ= PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved.042 in 4 M (30 × 103 ) = = 993 × 10−6 in −1 EI (29 × 106 )(1.−1 = 288 × 10−6 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION M = 30 kip ⋅ in. determine (a) the radius of curvature ρ . From Example 4.  length of arc b 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced. Use E = 29 × 106 psi and v = 0. (a) (b) (c) 1 ρ = I = 1.8 = = = 230 × 10−6 rad ρ ′ 3470 radius θ = 0. (b) the radius of curvature ρ ′ of a transverse cross section.29. (c) the angle between the sides of the bar that were originally vertical. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc. without the prior written permission of the publisher.−1 ρ′ ρ ρ ′ = 3470 in.

29) (7. All rights reserved.4 × 10−6 m 4 (a) (b) 1 ρ = M 45 × 103 = = 7.4 × 106 mm4 = 31.17 × 10−3 ) = 2.3 rolled-steel beam is subjected to a couple M of moment 45 kN ⋅ m.29. or distributed in any form or by any means.4 × 10−6 ) 1 1 = v = (0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. I = 31. . determine (a) the radius of curvature ρ . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A student using this manual is using it without permission.31 A W200 × 31. Inc.6 m  ρ ′ = 481 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.07 × 10−3 m −1 ρ′ ρ ρ = 139. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. No part of this Manual may be displayed.3 rolled steel section. SOLUTION For W 200 × 31. Knowing that E = 200 GPa and v = 0.17 × 10−3 m −1 EI (200 × 109 ) (31. reproduced. (b) the radius of curvature ρ ′ of a transverse cross section.PROBLEM 4.

without the prior written permission of the publisher. (b) show that ( σ y ) max = −(c/2 ρ )(σ x )max and. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4.) SOLUTION Denote the width of the beam by b and the length by L. with Σ Fy = 0 : σy = − (a) σ y bL + 2 θ 2 sin L 2 σ x = −(σ x )max But. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved.32 It was assumed in Sec. 4. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission. θ= Using the free body diagram above.3 that the normal stresses σ y in a member in pure bending are negligible. For an initially straight elastic member of rectangular cross section. thus. (a) derive an approximate expression for σ y as a function of y. No part of this Manual may be displayed. (Hint: Consider the free-body diagram of the portion of beam located below the surface of ordinate y and assume that the distribution of the stress σ x is still linear. (σ ) σ y = x max ρc  y −c cos (σ ) y2 ydy = x max ρc 2  y −c  θ 2 y −c L ρ ≈1 σ x bdy sin σ x dy ≈ − θ L  θ 2 y −c =0 σ x dy = − 1 ρ  y −c σ x dy y c y σy = −c (σ x )max 2 ( y − c 2 )  2ρ c The maximum value σ y occurs at y = 0 . that σ y can be neglected in all practical situations. (b) (σ y ) max = − (σ x )max c 2 (σ ) c = − x max  2ρ c 2ρ PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.

PROBLEM 4.33
A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely
bonding brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below,
determine the largest permissible bending moment when the composite
bar is bent about a horizontal axis.
Aluminum

Modulus of elasticity
Allowable stress

Brass

70 GPa

105 GPa

100 MPa

160 MPa

SOLUTION
Use aluminum as the reference material.
For aluminum,

n = 1.0

For brass,

n = Eb /Ea = 105 / 70 = 1.5

Values of n are shown on the figure.
For the transformed section,
n1
1.0
b1 h13 =
(8) (32)3 = 21.8453 × 103 mm 4
12
12
n
1.5
I 2 = 2 b2 h23 =
(32)(32)3 = 131.072 × 103 mm 4
12
12
I 3 = I1 = 21.8453 × 103 mm 4
I1 =

I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 174.7626 × 103 mm 4 = 174.7626 × 10−9 m 4
|σ | =

Aluminum:

σI
ny

σ = 100 × 106 Pa

(100 × 106 )(174.7626 × 10−9 )
= 1.0923 × 103 N ⋅ m
(1.0)(0.016)

n = 1.5, | y | = 16 mm = 0.016 m,
M=

Choose the smaller value.

M=

n = 1.0, | y | = 16 mm = 0.016 m,
M=

Brass:

nM y
I

σ = 160 × 106 Pa

(160 × 106 )(174.7626 × 10−9 )
= 1.1651 × 103 N ⋅ m
(1.5)(0.016)
M = 1.092 × 103 N ⋅ m

M = 1.092 kN ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.34
A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely
bonding brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below,
determine the largest permissible bending moment when the
composite bar is bent about a horizontal axis.
Aluminum

Brass

70 GPa

105 GPa

100 MPa

160 MPa

Modulus of elasticity
Allowable stress

SOLUTION
Use aluminum as the reference material.
For aluminum, n = 1.0
For brass, n = Eb /Ea = 105/70 = 1.5
Values of n are shown on the sketch.
For the transformed section,
n1
1.5
(8)(32)3 = 32.768 × 103 mm 4
b1h13 =
12
12
n
1.0
I 2 = 2 b2 H 23 − h23 =
(32)(323 − 163 ) = 76.459 × 103 mm 4
12
12
I 3 = I1 = 32.768 × 103 mm 4
I1 =

(

)

I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 141.995 × 103 mm 4 = 141.995 × 10−9 m 4
|σ | =

Aluminum:

M=

σI
ny

n = 1.0, | y | = 16 mm = 0.016 m, σ = 100 × 106 Pa
M=

Brass:

nMy
I

(100 × 106 )(141.995 × 10−9 )
= 887.47 N ⋅ m
(1.0)(0.016)

n = 1.5, | y | = 16 mm = 0.016 m, σ = 160 × 106 Pa
M=

Choose the smaller value.

(160 × 106 )(141.995 × 10−9 )
= 946.63 N ⋅ m
(1.5)(0.016)
M = 887 N ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.35
For the composite bar indicated, determine the largest permissible bending
moment when the bar is bent about a vertical axis.
PROBLEM 4.35 Bar of Prob. 4.33.

Modulus of elasticity
Allowable stress

Aluminum

Brass

70 GPa

105 GPa

100 MPa

160 MPa

SOLUTION
Use aluminum as the reference material.
For aluminum,

n = 1.0

For brass,

n = Eb /Ea = 105/70 = 1.5

Values of n are shown on the figure.
For the transformed section,
n1
1.0
(32) (8)3 + (1.0)[(32)(8)](20) 2 = 103.7653 × 103 mm 4
h1 b13 + n1 A1d12 =
12
12
n
1.5
(32)(32)3 = 131.072 × 103 mm 4
I 2 = 2 h2b23 =
12
12
I 3 = I1 = 103.7653 × 103 mm 4
I1 =

I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 338.58 × 103 mm 4 = 338.58 × 10−9 m 4
|σ | =

n My
I

Aluminum:

M=

σ = 100 × 106 Pa

(100 × 106 )(338.58 × 10−9 )
= 1.411 × 103 N ⋅ m
(1.0)(0.024)

n = 1.5, | y | = 16 mm = 0.016 m,
M=

Choose the smaller value.

ny

n = 1.0, | y | = 24 mm = 0.024 m,
M=

Brass:

σI

σ = 160 × 106 Pa

(160 × 106 )(338.58 × 10−9 )
= 2.257 × 103 N ⋅ m
(1.5)(0.016)
M = 1.411 × 103 N ⋅ m

M = 1.411 kN ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.36
For the composite bar indicated, determine the largest permissible
bending moment when the bar is bent about a vertical axis.
PROBLEM 4.36 Bar of Prob. 4.34.

Modulus of elasticity
Allowable stress

Aluminum
70 GPa
100 MPa

Brass
105 GPa
160 MPa

SOLUTION
Use aluminum as the reference material.
For aluminum, n = 1.0
For brass, n = Eb /Ea = 105/70 = 1.5
Values of n are shown on the sketch.
For the transformed section,
n1
1.5
(32)(483 − 323 ) = 311.296 × 103 mm 4
h1 B13 − b13 =
12
12
n2
1.0
I 2 = h2b23 =
(8)(32)3 = 21.8453 × 103 mm 4
12
12
I 3 = I 2 = 21.8453 × 103 mm 4

(

I1 =

)

I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 354.99 × 103 mm 4 = 354.99 × 10−9 m 4
|σ | =

Aluminum:

M=

σI
ny

n = 1.0, | y | = 16 mm = 0.016 m, σ = 100 × 106 Pa
M=

Brass:

nMy
I

(100 × 106 )(354.99 × 10−9 )
= 2.2187 × 103 N ⋅ m
(1.0)(0.016)

n = 1.5 | y | = 24 mm = 0.024 m σ = 160 × 106 Pa
M=

(160 × 106 )(354.99 × 10−9 )
= 1.57773 × 103 N ⋅ m
(1.5)(0.024)

Choose the smaller value.
M = 1.57773 × 103 N ⋅ m

M = 1.578 kN ⋅ m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

.PROBLEM 4.0.2 in 4 σ = Wood: nMy I ∴ M = n = 1.. Using the data given below. n1 1.37 Wooden beams and steel plates are securely bolted together to form the composite member shown.5)(5) Choose the smaller value. determine the largest permissible bending moment when the member is bent about a horizontal axis.17 in 12 12  2  I1 = I 3 = I1 = 250 in 4 I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 1104.5  1  3 4 I 2 = 2 b2 h23 =   (10) = 604.. All rights reserved. M = 335 × 103 lb ⋅ in M = 335 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.1 × 103 lb ⋅ in (14.0 in wood n = Es /Ew = 29/2 = 14.5 in steel For the transformed section. M = σI y = 5 in.2) = 441. σ = 22 ksi = 22 × 103 psi (22 × 103 )(1104. n = 1.0 b1h13 = (3)(10)3 = 250 in 4 12 12 n 14. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5.0)(5) n = 14. M = Steel: ny y = 5 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. σ = 2000 psi (2000)(1104. Modulus of elasticity: Allowable stress: Wood Steel 2 × 106 psi 29 × 106 psi 2000 psi 22 ksi SOLUTION Use wood as the reference material. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.7 × 103 lb ⋅ in (1.2) = 335. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Inc. reproduced.

0 in wood n = Es /Ew = 29/2 = 14..5)(5. I1 = n1 b1h13 + n1 A1d12 12 3 14. Modulus of elasticity: Allowable stress: Wood Steel 2 × 106 psi 29 × 106 psi 2000 psi 22 ksi SOLUTION Use wood as the reference material.5)(5)   (5.0.0 (6)(10)3 = 500 in 4 I 2 = 2 b2 h22 = 12 12 I 3 = I1 = 999. Inc. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4.38 Wooden beams and steel plates are securely bolted together to form the composite member shown. σ = 2000 psi (2000)(2499) = 999.3 × 103 lb ⋅ in (14. A student using this manual is using it without permission.0)(5) n = 14.5) Choose the smaller value. All rights reserved..25) 2 = 999. .7 in 4 σ = Wood: nMy I ∴ M = n = 1.5. Using the data given below. σ = 22 ksi = 22 × 103 psi (22 × 103 )(2499) = 689. or distributed in any form or by any means.5 in steel For the transformed section. No part of this Manual may be displayed. M = 689 × 103 lb ⋅ in M = 689 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced. M = σI y = 5.5 in. M = Steel: ny y = 5 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. determine the largest permissible bending moment when the member is bent about a horizontal axis.5 × 103 lb ⋅ in (1.36 in 4 I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 2498.36 in 4 = 12 2 2 n 1. n = 1.5  1  1 (5)   + (14.

02235 m n My (2. No part of this Manual may be displayed.2 × 106 Pa 852. The modulus of elasticity for aluminum is 70 GPa and for steel is 200 GPa. n = Es /Ea = 200/70 = 2.65) 2 = 533. mm 50 20 nAyo . mm2 1714.61 × 103 mm 4 b1 h13 + n1 A1 d12 = 12 12 n 1 I 2 = 2 b2 h23 + n2 A2 d 22 = (30)(40)3 + (1200)(17. mm3 85714 24000 109714 d.44 × 10−9 σ s = −112.3 109714 = 37. determine the maximum stress in (a) the aluminum.35 mm = 0.2 MPa  y = 60 − 37. mm2 600 1200 nA.65 = 22. without the prior written permission of the publisher.4 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A student using this manual is using it without permission.8571 Transformed section: Part 1 2 Σ Y0 = A. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced. . σa = − (b) Steel: y = −37.44 × 10−9 n = 2. Knowing that the beam is bent about a horizontal axis by a couple of moment M = 1500 N ⋅ m. n =1 For steel.8571)(1500) (0.8571 (30)(20)3 + (1714. or distributed in any form or by any means.39 A steel bar and an aluminum bar are bonded together to form the composite beam shown. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.02235) =− = −112. mm 12.65 mm 2914.03765 m (1)(1500)(−0.03765) = 66.83 × 103 mm 4 12 12 3 I = I1 + I 2 = 852.8571.65 mm = −0.65 d = y0 − Y0 n1 2.35 17. Inc.3)(12. All rights reserved. SOLUTION Use aluminum as the reference material. For aluminum. σs = − σ a = 66.44 × 10 mm 4 = 852.44 × 10−9 m 4 I1 = M = 1500 N ⋅ m Stress: (a) σ =− Aluminum: n My I n = 1.PROBLEM 4.4 × 106 Pa I 852. (b) the steel.3 yo .3 1200 2914.35) 2 = 318.

No part of this Manual may be displayed. σs = − σ a = −56.8571 Transformed section: A.9 × 106 Pa −9 936.5 98570 d = y0 − Y0 n1 1 b1 h13 + n1 A1 d12 = (30)(20)3 + (600)(25.07 × 103 mm 4 12 12 n 2.47 mm = −0.03553) = −56.9 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.8571.9 MPa  y = −24.5 20 68570 4.02447) = 111. σa = − (b) Steel: y = 60 − 24. Inc.53 mm = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A student using this manual is using it without permission.71 × 10 σ s = 111.71 × 10 n = 2. mm3 d. mm nAyo .8571 I 2 = 2 b2 h23 + n2 A2 d 22 = (30)(40)3 + (3428. mm2 yo .40 A steel bar and an aluminum bar are bonded together to form the composite beam shown. reproduced.03553 m (1)(1500)(0. (b) the steel.47 4028. For aluminum.5)(4.64 × 103 mm 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 936. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.47) 2 = 525. SOLUTION Use aluminum as the reference material.8571)(1500) (−0.71 × 10−9 m 4 I1 = M = 1500 N ⋅ m Stress: (a) Aluminum: σ =− nM y I n = 1.02447 m (2. without the prior written permission of the publisher. .9 × 106 Pa −9 936.47 mm 4028.71 × 103 mm 4 = 936.5 Σ Y0 = 98570 = 24. mm 1 600 600 50 30000 25. All rights reserved. Knowing that the beam is bent about a horizontal axis by a couple of moment M = 1500 N ⋅ m. determine the maximum stress in (a) the aluminum. mm2 Part nA. or distributed in any form or by any means. n =1 For steel. n = Es /Ea = 200/70 = 2.47 = 35.PROBLEM 4.53)2 = 411. The modulus of elasticity for aluminum is 70 GPa and for steel is 200 GPa.53 2 1200 3428.

25)2 = 647. in 2 72 72 2. Yo =  = wood    = steel A. n = Es / Ew = 29 /1.1111. σs = − nMy I σ w = −1.758 in.77 in 4 I1 = σ =− M = 450 kip ⋅ in (a) Wood: n = 1. .1111) (450) (−4. in 3 432 −10. above the wood-steel interface.758 = 8.979 ksi 1873. No part of this Manual may be displayed. determine the maximum stress in (a) the wood.758)2 = 1225.278 nA yo .91 in 4 12 12 n2 16.5)3 + (40.931 112. 29 × 106 psi. SOLUTION Use wood as the reference material.8 = 16.069 421.758 − 0. reproduced.PROBLEM 4.278)(3.87 in 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 1873.41 The 6 × 12-in.278 = 3.979 ksi  y = −3. timber beam has been strengthened by bolting to it the steel reinforcement shown.242) = −1.578 + 0. All rights reserved. The modulus of elasticity for wood is 1. n =1 For steel.258 in (16. Knowing that the beam is bent about a horizontal axis by a couple of moment M = 450 kip ⋅ in.. (b) the steel.1111 Transformed section: 421.77 n = 16.5 40.931 The neutral axis lies 3.48 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.8 × 106 psi and for steel.258) = 16. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. n1 1 b1h13 + n1 A1d12 = (6)(12)3 + (72)(6 − 3.5 = −4.278 yo 6 −0. in 2 nA. A student using this manual is using it without permission. For wood.1111 I 2 = b2 h23 + n2 A2 d 22 = (5) (0.77 σ s = 16.758 in. Inc.48 ksi 1873.25 112. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher.242 in σw = − (b) Steel: (1) (450) (8. y = 12 − 3.

571 in. above the bottom of the section.69 n = 16. σ =− (1)(450)(8.93 126. 3.. .PROBLEM 4.216) 2 = 584.8 × 106 For C8 × 11.5 channel section.20 in 4 12 12 4 I = I1 + I 2 = 1874.32) + (54.787 in. x = 0. timber beam has been strengthened by bolting to it the steel reinforcement shown. reproduced. σs = − σ w = −2.787 in.216 72 6. in. σw = − (b) Steel: n My I y = 12 + 0.93 in 3 = 3. (16..84 2.787) = 14.02 ksi 1874. I1 = n1 I1 + n1 A1d12 = (16. No part of this Manual may be displayed. t w = 0.42 The 6 × 12-in.571 nAy . in.1111)(1.433 in.49 in 4 n2 1 b2 h23 + n2 A2 d 22 = (6)(12)3 + (72)(2. For wood.1111.571 in.69 in I2 = M = 450 kip ⋅ in (a) Wood: n = 1.220 in. 0. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. 126. SOLUTION Use wood as the reference material.787 in. Transformed section: A. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.65 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.787 = 8. 29 × 106 psi. I y = 1.220 − 3. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.1111 Ew 1.456 in 2 d = y0 − Y0 The neutral axis lies 3. the centroid of the channel (part 1) lies 0.456 478. in 3 31. (b) the steel. The modulus of elasticity for wood is 1. A = 3.433) = −2.02 ksi  y = −3. Knowing that the beam is bent about a horizontal axis by a couple of moment M = 450 kip ⋅ in. The centroid of the wood (part 2) lies 0.1111) (450) (−3.456 Σ Y0 = nA.67 σ s = 14.8 × 106 psi and for steel. in2 3. n= Es 29 × 106 = = 16. in2 54.433 478.32 in 4 For the composite section.38 Part 1 72 2 y .433)2 = 1290.65 ksi 1874.456)(3. above the bottom of the section.220 + 6. A student using this manual is using it without permission.22 in. n =1 For steel.00 = 6. determine the maximum stress in (a) the wood.091 d.38 in 2 .22 447. above the bottom..

39 for the calculation of I.44 × 10−9 ) ρ = 39. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.39. or distributed in any form or by any means. reproduced.02513 m −1 9 EI (70 × 10 )(852. Beam of Prob. without the prior written permission of the publisher. 4. . No part of this Manual may be displayed. Inc.43 For the composite beam indicated. I = 852. A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.8 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. 4.PROBLEM 4.44 × 10−9 m 4 1 ρ = Ea = 70 × 109 Pa M 1500 = = 0. All rights reserved. determine the radius of curvature caused by the couple of moment 1500 N ⋅ m. SOLUTION See solution to Prob.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION See solution to Prob.71 × 10−9 ) ρ = 43. determine the radius of curvature caused by the couple of moment 1500 N ⋅ m. Inc.40. without the prior written permission of the publisher. . Beam of Prob. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.7 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.71 × 10−9 m 4 1 ρ = Ea = 70 × 109 Pa M 1500 = = 0. I = 936. 4.40 for calculation of I.44 For the composite bar indicated.02288 m −1 9 EI (70 × 10 )(936.PROBLEM 4. 4.

No part of this Manual may be displayed.77) ρ = 7495 in. I = 1873. determine the radius of curvature caused by the couple of moment 450 kip ⋅ in.41 for calculation of I.PROBLEM 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. All rights reserved. 4. = 625 ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. . 4. Beam of Prob. without the prior written permission of the publisher.77 in 4 Ew = 1.8 × 106 psi M = 450 kip ⋅ in = 450 × 103 lb ⋅ in 1 ρ = M 450 × 103 = = 133.45 For the composite beam indicated. SOLUTION See solution to Prob. reproduced.41. Inc.8 × 10 )(1873. or distributed in any form or by any means. A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.42 × 10−6 in −1 6 EI (1.

4. All rights reserved. I = 1874.46 For the composite beam indicated. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Inc.42 for calculation of I.PROBLEM 4. 4.36 × 10−6 in −1 6 EI (1.69) ρ = 7499 in.69 in 4 Ew = 1. determine the radius of curvature caused by the couple of moment 450 kip ⋅ in. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION See solution to Prob. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. .42. without the prior written permission of the publisher.8 × 106 psi M = 450 kip ⋅ in = 450 × 103 lb ⋅ in 1 ρ = M 450 × 103 = = 133. = 625 ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Beam of Prob.8 × 10 )(1874. No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced.

59 × 106 Pa 1.5398 × 106 ) (2)(150) x = 177.59 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.13 mm x= 1 I = (300) x3 + (15.30245 m σ =− (b) Concrete: (8. reproduced. determine (a) the stress in the steel. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher.0)(175 × 103 )(−0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.45 mm = −0.0 25 GPa Ec As = 4 ⋅ π π  d 2 = (4)   (25) 2 = 1.17787 m σ =− (1.87 mm. .708 × 103 + (15.9635 × 103 mm 2 4 4 nAs = 15.5398 × 106 = 0 300 x Solve for x: −15.708 × 103 ) 2 + (4)(150)(7.708 × 103 mm 2 Locate the neutral axis: x − (15.47 The reinforced concrete beam shown is subjected to a positive bending moment of 175 kN ⋅ m.30245) = 212 × 106 Pa −3 1. Knowing that the modulus of elasticity is 25 GPa for the concrete and 200 GPa for the steel.87 mm = 0.708 × 103 )(480 − x) = 0 2 150 x 2 + 15. 480 − x = 302. (b) the maximum stress in the concrete.708 × 103 )(302. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means.708 × 103 )(480 − x) 2 3 1 = (300)(177. A student using this manual is using it without permission.9966 × 10−3 m 4 nMy σ =− I (a) Steel: y = −302.708 × 103 x − 7.9966 × 10 σ = 212 MPa  y = 177.9966 × 109 mm 4 = 1.9966 × 10−3 σ = −15. No part of this Manual may be displayed.87)3 + (15. SOLUTION n= Es 200 GPa = = 8.17787) = −15.PROBLEM 4.0)(175 × 103 )(0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.13)2 3 = 1.

Knowing that the modulus of elasticity is 25 GPa for the concrete and 200 GPa for the steel.9635 × 103 mm 2 nAs = 15.0823 × 10−3 σ = 210 MPa  y = 167.708 × 103 )(480 − x) = 0 2 175 x 2 + 15.708 × 103 )(312.5398 × 106 ) (2)(175) x = 167. without the prior written permission of the publisher. 480 − x = 312. No part of this Manual may be displayed.708 × 103 mm 2 Locate the neutral axis: x − (15.0)(175 × 103 )(0. SOLUTION n= Es 200 GPa = = 8.08 × 106 Pa −3 2. .52 mm = −0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved.48 mm.708 × 103 )(480 − x) 2 3 1 = (350)(167.5398 × 106 = 0 350 x Solve for x: −15.708 × 103 x − 7.16748 m σ =− (1.16748) = −14.31252 m σ =− (b) Concrete: (8. or distributed in any form or by any means.48 mm = 0.08 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. PROBLEM 4. 4.52 mm x= 1 I = (350) x3 + (15. (b) the maximum stress in the concrete.48 Solve Prob.0823 × 10−3 m 4 nMy σ =− I (a) Steel: y = −312.47.31252) = 210 × 106 Pa 2.PROBLEM 4.0)(175 × 103 )(−0. Inc.52) 2 3 = 2. reproduced.0823 × 109 mm 4 = 2.0823 × 10 σ = −14.48)3 + (15. assuming that the 300-mm width is increased to 350 mm.0 Ec 25 GPa As = 4 π π  d 2 = (4)   (25)2 4 4 = 1. determine (a) the stress in the steel.708 × 103 + (15.708 × 103 ) 2 + (4)(175)(7.47 The reinforced concrete beam shown is subjected to a positive bending moment of 175 kN ⋅ m.

603 mm x= 1 I = (180) x3 + (2. without the prior written permission of the publisher.0106 × 103 )(100 − x) 2 3 1 = (180)(37. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.6516 × 103 N ⋅ m (1.018 × 10−6 ) = 2. . All rights reserved.037397) PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. reproduced.0106 × 103 + (2.0106 × 103 ) = 0 2 90 x 2 + 2.0106 × 103 x − 201.06 × 103 ) (2)(90) x = 37. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.06 mm 2 4 4 nAs = 2. M= ∴ M= ny σ = 9 × 106 Pa (9 × 106 )(11.06 × 103 = 0 180 x Solving for x: −2.49 A concrete slab is reinforced by 16-mm-diameter steel rods placed on 180-mm centers as shown.0)(0.0106 × 103 mm 2 Locate the neutral axis: x − (100 − x)(2.397 mm 100 − x = 62. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means.037397 m. No part of this Manual may be displayed.PROBLEM 4.0106 × 103 ) 2 + (4)(90)(201.603) 2 3 = 11.018 × 10−6 m 4 Concrete: σI σ =− nMy I n = 1. Inc. The modulus of elasticity is 20 GPa for concrete and 200 GPa for steel.018 × 106 mm 4 = 11. As = π d2 = π (16)2 = 201. SOLUTION n= Es 200 GPa = = 10 20 GPa Ec Consider a section 180-mm wide with one steel rod. determine the largest bending moment in a portion of slab 1 m wide. Using an allowable stress of 9 MPa for the concrete and of 120 MPa for the steel. y = 37.0106 × 103 )(62.397)3 + (2.397 mm = 0.

062603 m. σ = 120 × 106 Pa (120 × 106 )(11. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. No part of this Manual may be displayed.018 × 10−6 ) = 2. A student using this manual is using it without permission.062603) M = 2.556 mutiply by 180 M = (5.1120 × 103 N ⋅ m (10)(0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced.49 (Continued) n = 10.556)(2.1120 × 103 ) = 11. All rights reserved. Inc.73 × 103 N ⋅ m M = 11. or distributed in any form or by any means. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4. For a 1-m = 1000-mm width. 1000 = 5.603 mm = 0.73 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.1120 × 103 N ⋅ m The above is the allowable positive moment for a 180-mm wide section. . y = 62. Steel: M= Choose the smaller value.

SOLUTION n= Es 200 GPa = = 10 20 GPa Ea Consider a section 225-mm wide with one steel rod. All rights reserved.50 A concrete slab is reinforced by 16-mm-diameter steel rods placed on 180-mm centers as shown.273 mm 100 − x = 65.034273) PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.0106 × 103 (100 − x) 2 3 1 = (225)(34. Inc. .06 mm 2 4 4 nAs = 2. 4.5)(201.727 1 I = (225) x3 + 2. determine the largest allowable positive bending moment in a portion of slab 1 m wide.0106 × 103 )(65.5) x = 34.0106 × 103 ) 2 + (4)(112.0738 × 103 N ⋅ m (1)(0. σ = 9 × 106 Pa (9 × 106 )(11.0106 x − 201. or distributed in any form or by any means. assuming that the spacing of the 16-mm-diameter rods is increased to 225 mm on centers. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Solve Prob.49.273 mm = 0.705 × 10−6 ) = 3.273)3 + (2.727) 2 3 = 11. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed.705 × 106 mm 4 = 11. As = π d2 = π (16)2 = 201. Using an allowable stress of 9 MPa for the concrete and of 120 MPa for the steel. M= ∴ M = σI ny y = 34. The modulus of elasticity is 20 GPa for concrete and 200 GPa for steel. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0106 × 103 + (2.705 × 10−6 m 4 x= |σ | = Concrete: nMy I n = 1.034273 m.0106 × 103 ) = 0 2 112.PROBLEM 4.0106 × 103 mm 2 Locate the neutral axis: x 225 x − (100 − x)(2.06 × 103 = 0 Solving for x: −2.5 x 2 + 2. without the prior written permission of the publisher. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.06 × 103 ) (2)(112.

065727 m. No part of this Manual may be displayed.4444)(2.50 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.1370 × 103 N ⋅ m The above is the allowable positive moment for a 225-mm-wide section. Steel: M= Choose the smaller value.1370 × 103 ) = 9.50 × 103 N ⋅ m M = 9. A student using this manual is using it without permission. For a 1-m = 1000-mm section.727 mm = 0. Inc.50 (Continued) n = 10. All rights reserved. .065727) M = 2. without the prior written permission of the publisher.1370 × 103 N ⋅ m (10)(0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.705 × 10−6 ) = 2. or distributed in any form or by any means. 1000 = 4.PROBLEM 4. y = 65. σ = 120 × 106 Pa (120 × 106 )(11. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced.4444 multiply by 225 M = (4.

The modulus of elasticity is 3 × 106 psi for the concrete and 29 × 106 psi for the steel. Using an allowable stress of 1350 psi for the concrete and 20 ksi for the steel. Inc.835 × 103 lb ⋅ in = 407 kip ⋅ in (1. without the prior written permission of the publisher.3674 in.45) = 419.8040 in 2 4  4  8  nAs = 17.6326 in.PROBLEM 4.3674) M = 407 kip ⋅ in M = 33. reproduced. SOLUTION n= Es 29 × 10 6 = = 9.0.9 kip ⋅ ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. x= −17.67. σ = 1350 psi (1350)(1697. y = 8.6326) n = 9.0)(5.6326 in.3674) 2 = 1697..14) = 5. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.51 A concrete beam is reinforced by three steel rods placed as shown. or distributed in any form or by any means.438)(8.. (2)(4) 14 − x = 8.438)(14 − x) = 0 2 4 x 2 + 17.4382 + (4)(4)(244.72 lb ⋅ in = 420 kip ⋅ in (9. A student using this manual is using it without permission. All rights reserved.3674 in.6326)3 + (17. determine the largest allowable positive bending moment in the beam. σ = 20 × 103 psi (20 × 103 )(1697.45) = 406.67 Ec 3 × 106 As = 3 2 π  π  7  d 2 = (3)    = 1. .438 + 17.438 x − 244. Concrete: M = M = Choose the smaller value. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Steel: y = 5.438 in 2 x − (17.67)(8.45 in 4 3 3 σ = nMy I ∴ M= σI ny n = 1.14 = 0 Locate the neutral axis: 8x Solve for x. I = 1 3 1 8x + nAs (14 − x)2 = (8)(5. No part of this Manual may be displayed.

5 − 4 − x = 12.625 × 106  π  As = (4)   (1) 2 = 3. or distributed in any form or by any means. σs = − (b) Concrete: n = 1.150 in.3) = 1.350) 4920 σ s = 24.133x = 0 x= Solve for x.3 in 4 I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 4920 in 4 σ =− (a) Steel: nMy I n = 8.256 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.150) 2 = 1080.150)3 = 6.1416 in 2 4 nAs = 25.133)(17.133x − 147.150 = 5.0.PROBLEM 4.150) 4920 σ c = −1. . A student using this manual is using it without permission.0 y = −12.350) 2 = 3833.0)(1200)(5. 1 b1h13 + 12 1 I 2 = b2 x3 = 3 I1 = A1d12 = 1 (24)(4)3 + (24)(4)(3. No part of this Manual may be displayed. (8.5 − 4 − x) = 0 2 96 x + 192 + 6 x 2 − 339. Inc. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.625 × 106 psi for the concrete and 29 × 106 psi for the steel. x (24)(4)( x + 2) + (12 x)   − (25. SOLUTION n= Es 29 × 106 = = 8. (2)(6) d3 = 17.133)(12.6 in 4 12 1 (12)(1. (b) the maximum stress in the concrete.133 + (121.3 = 0 −121. (1.150 in.52 Knowing that the bending moment in the reinforced concrete beam is +100 kip ⋅ ft and that the modulus of elasticity is 3.350 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher.0)(1200)(−12. reproduced.350 in.3 + 25. σc = − where M = 100 kip ⋅ ft = 1200 kip ⋅ in.1 in 4 3 I 3 = nA3d32 = (25.133) 2 + (4)(6)(147. determine (a) the stress in the steel.133 in 2 Locate the neutral axis. or 6 x 2 + 121.1 ksi  y = 4 + 1. All rights reserved.0 Ec 3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

reproduced. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Show that to achieve a balanced design the distance x from the top of the beam to the neutral axis must be d x= 1+ σ s Ec σ c Es where Ec and Es are the moduli of elasticity of concrete and steel. A student using this manual is using it without permission. respectively. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. to the allowable stresses σ s and σ c . respectively. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher.53 The design of a reinforced concrete beam is said to be balanced if the maximum stresses in the steel and concrete are equal. . Inc.PROBLEM 4. SOLUTION nM (d − x) Mx σc = I I σ s n( d − x ) d = =n −n σc x x σs = Eσ d 1 σs =1+ =1+ c s x n σc E sσ c x=  d Ecσ s 1+ E sσ c PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed. and d is the distance from the top of the beam to the reinforcing steel. or distributed in any form or by any means.

6 in 4 3 3 n My σI M= σ= I ny (b) Steel: Concrete: n = 1. M = 106.398 = 12.3835 in 2 2n(d − x) (2)(8. σ s = 20 × 103 psi M= (20 × 103 )(6665.PROBLEM 4.0 y = 9.53 for definition of a balanced beam. and d = 22 in. 4.398 in.602) Note that both values are the same for balanced design. respectively.2857)(3. A student using this manual is using it without permission.2857 Ec 3.398)3 + (8.398 in. (See Prob. Locate neutral axis: (a) As = bx d − x = 22 − 9.4 kip ⋅ ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.2857)(12.5 × 106 nM ( d − x) Mx σs = σc = I I σ s n( d − x ) d = =n −n σc x x n= 1 σs 1 20 × 103 d =1+ =1+ ⋅ = 2. to the allowable stresses σ s and σ c . or distributed in any form or by any means.3410 8. Knowing that b = 8 in.602 in.42717)(22) = 9.5 × 106 psi for the concrete and 29 × 106 psi for the steel.398) n = 8. Inc.2857 1800 x n σc x = 0.602) As = 3. the modulus of elasticity is 3.38 in 2  1 1 I = bx3 + nAs ( d − x) 2 = (8)(9. determine (a) the required area As of the steel reinforcement if the beam is to be balanced.54 For the concrete beam shown.3835)(12. No part of this Manual may be displayed. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.398) 2 = = 3. without the prior written permission of the publisher..2857)(12.602 in . x − nAs ( d − x) = 0 2 bx 2 (8)(9.277 × 106 lb ⋅ in (8. and using an allowable stress of 1800 psi for the concrete and 20 ksi for the steel.6) = 1. reproduced. SOLUTION Es 29 × 10 6 = = 8. (b) the largest allowable bending moment. All rights reserved.) The design of a reinforced concrete beam is said to be balanced if the maximum stresses in the steel and concrete are equal. .6) = 1.602)2 = 6665.42717 d = (0. σ c = 1800 psi M= (1800)(6665.0)(9.277 × 106 lb ⋅ in (1.2857 | y | = 12. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

3 MPa  y = −10 mm = −0.7 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. each 40 mm wide.66 × 10 Brass: σb = Steel: σs = (b) I n = 1.0)(1800)(0.5)(40)(10)(15)2 = 140 × 103 mm 4 I 2 = b2 h2 + n2 A2 d 2 = 12 12 n 3.33 × 103 mm 4 I1 = I= (a) = 866. (b) the radius of curvature of the composite beam. n = 1 in aluminum.55 Five metal strips.0)(1800)(0. Due to symmetry of both the material arrangement and the geometry.02967 m −1 9 Ea I (70 × 10 )(866. A student using this manual is using it without permission. n = Eb / Ea = 105 / 70 = 1. and 70 GPa for the aluminum.5)(1800)(0.030) = 62. n = Es / Ea = 210 / 70 = 3 in steel.66 × 10−9 ) σ s = 62. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. determine (a) the maximum stress in each of the three metals.3 × 106 Pa −9 866. For the transformed section. σ a = 62. .0 y = −30 mm = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. The modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa for the steel.PROBLEM 4. n1 1 b1h13 + n1 A1d12 = (40)(10)3 + (40)(10)(25) 2 = 253. 105 GPa for the brass.0 (40)(20)3 = 80 × 103 mm 4 I 3 = 3 b3 h33 = 12 12 I 4 = I 2 = 140 × 103 mm 4 I 5 = I1 = 253.66 × 10−9 m 4 nMy where M = 1800 N ⋅ m I n = 1.010 m (3.66 × 10 Radius of curvature.3 MPa  1 ρ = M 1800 = = 0. reproduced. SOLUTION Use aluminum as the reference material. are bonded together to form the composite beam shown.3 MPa  ρ = 33. the neutral axis passes through the center of the steel portion.5 y = −20 mm = −0.3 × 106 Pa −9 866. All rights reserved.66 × 10 n = 3.030 m Aluminum: σ =− σa = (1. Inc.5 in brass.010) = 62.66 × 103 mm 4 = 866.5 3 2 (40)(10)3 + (1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher.020 m (1.33 × 103 mm 4 12 12 n2 1.3 × 106 Pa −9 866.020) = 62.0 σ b = 62. Knowing that the beam is bent about a horizontal axis by a couple of moment 1800 N ⋅ m.

reproduced.56 Five metal strips.0 I 3 = b3 h33 = (40)(20)3 = 26. n = Es / Ea = 210 / 70 = 3 in steel.1 × 106 Pa 1.4 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. SOLUTION Use aluminum as the reference material.030 m (1.0)(1800)(0.1 × 106 Pa 1.0 3 2 I 2 = b2 h2 + n2 A2 d 2 = (40)(10)3 + (3.010 m (1. (b) the radius of curvature of the composite beam.020) = 80.5. Due to symmetry of both the material arrangement and the geometry.0)(1800)(0. each of 40 mm wide.37 × 106 Pa 1. y = −10 mm = −0.67 × 103 mm 4 12 12 I 4 = I 2 = 280 × 103 mm 4 I 5 = I1 = 380 × 103 mm 4 I1 = I= (a) σ =− nMy I Aluminum: σa = Steel: σs = (b) where 6 mm 4 = 1.030) = 60. the neutral axis passes through the center of the aluminum portion.0)(40)(10)(15)2 = 280 × 103 mm 4 12 12 n3 1. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4. n = Eb / Ea = 105 / 70 = 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. n = 1.01909 m −1 9 −6 Ea I (70 × 10 )(1. For the transformed section. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc.0.5 b1h13 + n1 A1d12 = (40)(10)3 + (1. The modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa for the steel.5)(40)(10)(25) 2 = 380 × 103 mm 4 12 12 n2 3. σ b = 60.3467 × 10−6 Brass: σb =  I = 1.020 m (3. or distributed in any form or by any means. are bonded together to form the composite beam shown.0 in aluminum. Knowing that the beam is bent about a horizontal axis by a couple of moment 1800 N ⋅ m.1 MPa  y = −20 mm = −0. . A student using this manual is using it without permission. determine (a) the maximum stress in each of the three metals. y = −30 mm = −0.1 MPa  ρ = 52.010) = 13.3467 × 10 n = 1.3467 × 10−6 n = 3.5)(1800)(0. 105 GPa for the brass. All rights reserved.37 MPa  1 ρ = M 1800 = = 0.3467 × 10−6 Radius of curvature.3467 × 10 ) σ s = 80.5 in brass.3467 × 10−6 m 4 M = 1800 N ⋅ m n = 1. σ a = 13. n1 1. No part of this Manual may be displayed. and 70 GPa for the aluminum.

y = 0.06791 = 0.40744) 2 = 0. .8) = = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed.33953 + 0. The modulus of elasticity is 15 × 106 psi for the brass and 10 × 106 psi for the aluminum.06791 = 0.044957) + (1.5.17067 d1 = 0.51327 Σ nAyo .00531 −0.39054 σ = 17.39054 σ = −22. nMy (1.044957) + (1. A. I base = π 8 r 4 = 0.33953 in. or distributed in any form or by any means.86791) =− I 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.5)(1.8 − 0.06791 in.51327 The neutral axis lies 0. Knowing that the composite beam is bent about a horizontal axis by couples of moment 8 kip ⋅ in. reproduced. above the material interface.00531)(0. 3π 3π r 2 = 1. d 2 = 0.5 ksi  y = −0..50796 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.27162 in.06791 = 0.00531)(0.0.86791 in.160850 − (1.0)(0. SOLUTION For each semicircle.17869 in 4 I 2 = n2 I + n2 Ad 22 = (1. in2 yo .00531 1.27162)2 = 0. I1 = n1I + n1 Ad12 = (1.5)(0.06791 in.8 − 0. π A= 2 4r (4)(0.21185 in 4 I = I1 + I 2 = 0. yo = r = 0.73209 in.33953 0.160850 in 4 I = I base − Ayo2 = 0.. (b) in the aluminum.33953 − 0.0 in aluminum n= Eb 15 × 106 = = 1.00531 1.73209) =− I 0.33953 −0. in2 nA. All rights reserved.06791 = −0.40744 in.34133 2.17067 = 0. 2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5)(8)(0.78 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.  1.044953 in 4 Use aluminum as the reference material.5 in brass Ea 10 × 106 Locate the neutral axis.00531)(0.57 The composite beam shown is formed by bonding together a brass rod and an aluminum rod of semicircular cross sections. n = 1. in 3 Yo = 0.51200  1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. σ =− (b) Aluminium: n = 1.8 in. 0.33953)2 = 0.0)(8)(−0.PROBLEM 4. Inc. determine the maximum stress (a) in the brass.00531 in 2 .39054 in 4 (a) Brass: n = 1.0)(1. in. σ =− nMy (1.

0 in aluminum n = Es / Ea = 200 / 70 = 2.62 × 103 mm 4 4 ) π  − ri4 = (1. reproduced.1 MPa  (b) Steel: c = 16 mm = 0. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.019 m σa = na Mc (1. All rights reserved.0)   (194 − 164 ) = 50.5 × 10 σ a = 54.88 × 103 mm 4 4 ) I = I s + I a = 175. n = 1.5 × 10 σ s = 130.2 × 106 Pa −9 I 175. SOLUTION Use aluminum as the reference material.857)(500)(0.50 × 103 mm 4 = 175. No part of this Manual may be displayed. without the prior written permission of the publisher. The modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa for the steel and 70 GPa for the aluminum.019) = = 54.016 m σs = ns Mc (2.857)   (164 − 104 ) = 124.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.0)(500)(0.5 × 10−9 m 4 (a) Aluminum: c = 19 mm = 0.58 A steel pipe and an aluminum pipe are securely bonded together to form the composite beam shown. Steel: I s = ns Aluminium: I a = na π 4 π (r 4 o (r 4 4 o π  − ri4 = (2. Knowing that the composite beam is bent by a couple of moment 500 N ⋅ m. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.1 × 106 Pa −9 I 175.2 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.016) = = 130.857 in steel For the transformed section. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (b) in the steel. determine the maximum stress (a) in the aluminum.

15 MPa  y = 41.579 mm x2 = 1 1 I1 = n1 bx3 = (1)   (50)(41.058579 m nMy (0. 2 σ =− (b) Compressive stress: n = 1. Locate neutral axis. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION n= 1 on the tension side of neutral axis.PROBLEM 4.421 mm = 0.8595 × 10−6 m 4 (a) Tensile stress: n= 1 .69 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5)(600)(−0. or distributed in any form or by any means.8595 × 106 mm 4 = 2. For a bending moment M = 600 N ⋅ m. without the prior written permission of the publisher. determine the maximum (a) tensile stress.421)3 = 1.058579) =− = 6. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.579 mm = −0.0)(600)(0.41421 h = 41. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.8595 × 10−6 σ t = 6. Inc.041421 m nMy (1.041421) =− = −8. (b) compressive stress. All rights reserved.15 × 106 Pa I 2. reproduced. . σ =− y = −58.8595 × 10−6 σ c = −8.59 The rectangular beam shown is made of a plastic for which the value of the modulus of elasticity in tension is one-half of its value in compression. No part of this Manual may be displayed.579)3 = 1. 2 n = 1 on the compression side.6751 × 106 mm 4 3  2  3  I = I1 + I 2 = 2.69 × 106 Pa I 2.1844 × 106 mm 4 3 3 1  1  1  I 2 = n2 b(h − x)3 =    (50)(58. n1bx x h−x − n2 b(h − x) =0 2 2 1 2 1 bx − b(h − x) 2 = 0 2 4 1 1 (h − x) 2 x = ( h − x) 2 2 1 x= h = 0.421 mm 2 +1 h − x = 58.

Show that the curvature of the beam in pure bending is 1 ρ = M Er I where Er = 4 Et Ec ( Et + Ec ) 2 SOLUTION Use Et as the reference modulus. A student using this manual is using it without permission. x h−x − b( h − x ) =0 2 2 nx 2 − ( h − x)2 = 0 nx = (h − x) nbx h x= I trans 1 ρ n +1 nh h−x= n +1 3  h  1 3  n 3 1 n   3 3  = bx + b(h − x) =   bh  +  3  n + 1   n + 1   3 3   ( ) = 1 n + n3/ 2 1 n 1+ n 1 3 bh = bh3 = × 3 3 3 n +1 3 n +1 3 = M M = Et I trans Er I ( ) ( ) where I = n ( ) n +1 2 bh3 1 3 bh 12 Er I = Et I trans Er = = Et I trans 12 = 3 × Et × I bh 3 ( 4 Et Ec /Et = ) ( Ec /Et + 1 2 n ( ) n +1 4 Et Ec Ec + Et ) 2 bh3 2 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher.60* A rectangular beam is made of material for which the modulus of elasticity is Et in tension and Ec in compression. Inc. Then Ec = nEt . . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Locate neutral axis.

87 × 103 mm 4 = 559. K = 1. .61 1 I = (18)(72)3 = 559.61)(0.32.PROBLEM 4.07)(0.32.1 d 90 K = 2. All rights reserved.045 m 2 KMc σ= I c= M= (b) σI Kc = (60 × 106 )(1. r 9 = = 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.20 d 90 From Fig.036 m 2 From Fig. determine the largest bending moment that can be applied to the member when (a) r = 9 mm.07 1 (18)(90)3 12 = 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. 4. Using an allowable stress of 60 MPa.25 d 72 d 72 1 c = d = 36 mm = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. No part of this Manual may be displayed.036) M = 580 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced.87 × 10−9 ) = 580 (1.0935 × 106 mm 4 I= = 1.0935 × 10−6 ) = 704 (2.87 × 10−9 m 4 12 M= σI Kc = (60 × 106 )(559. (b) r = 18 mm.0935 × 10−6 m 4 1 d = 45 mm = 0.5 = = 0.61 Semicircular grooves of radius r must be milled as shown in the sides of a steel member.045) M = 704 N ⋅ m  d = 108 − (2)(18) = 72 mm D 108 r 18 = = 1. SOLUTION (a) d = D − 2r = 108 − (2)(9) = 90 mm D 108 = = 1. 4.

62 Semicircular grooves of radius r must be milled as shown in the sides of a steel member.25 d 72 K = 1. (b) r = 18 mm.0935 × 106 mm 4 I= = 1.07)(450)(0.0935 × 10−6 m 4 1 c = d = 45 mm = 0.5 d 72 From Fig. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means.32. Inc. determine the maximum stress in the member when the radius r of the semicircular grooves is (a) r = 9 mm.6 × 106 Pa I 559. Knowing that M = 450 N ⋅ m. SOLUTION (a) d = D − 2r = 108 − (2)(9) = 90 mm D 108 = = 1.61 1 d = 72 mm = 0.0935 × 10−6 = 38. No part of this Manual may be displayed.87 × 103 mm 4 = 559. All rights reserved.87 × 10−9 σ max = 46.61)(450)(0.32. 4.87 × 10−9 m 4 12 c= σ max = KMc (1.3 × 106 Pa σ max = (b) σ max = 38.20 d 90 From Fig. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4.07 1 3 1 bh = (18)(90)3 12 12 = 1. . 4.1 d 90 K = 2. without the prior written permission of the publisher. A student using this manual is using it without permission.6 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. r 9 = = 0. r 18 = = 0.036 m 2 1 I = (18)(72)3 = 559.045) = I 1.036) = = 46.3 MPa  d = D − 2r = 108 − (2)(18) = 72 mm D 108 = = 1. reproduced.045 m 2 KMc (2.

A student using this manual is using it without permission. (b) 12 mm. SOLUTION 1 3 1 bh = (8)(40)3 = 42. . or distributed in any form or by any means. 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.31.PROBLEM 4. 4.667 × 10−9 m 4 12 12 c = 20 mm = 0.2 d 40 mm σ max = K Mc I From Fig.50)(0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.667 × 10−9 ) (1.35 (90 × 106 )(42. Inc.667 × 10−9 ) (1. All rights reserved.020) M = 142 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.50 (90 × 106 )(42. M = K = 1. No part of this Manual may be displayed.31.020 m I = D 80 mm = = 2.3 d 40 mm From Fig.667 × 103 mm 4 = 42. determine the allowable bending moment M when the radius r of the fillets is (a) 8 mm.020) M = 128 N ⋅ m  (b) r 12 mm = = 0.00 40 mm d (a) r 8 mm = = 0.63 Knowing that the allowable stress for the beam shown is 90 MPa. reproduced. M = σ max I Kc = K = 1.35)(0.

020 m I = D 80 mm = = 2. . A student using this manual is using it without permission.667 × 10−9 r 8 mm = = 0. determine the maximum stress in the beam shown when the radius r of the fillets is (a) 4 mm. From Fig.87 Mc (1.31. All rights reserved.PROBLEM 4.20 d 40 mm σ max = K From Fig.667 × 10−9 m 4 12 12 c = 20 mm = 0.00 40 mm d (a) r 4 mm = = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.31. Inc. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.87)(250)(0.50 Mc (1. 4. 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.020) = = 176 × 106 Pa I 42. without the prior written permission of the publisher. (b) 8 mm. reproduced. SOLUTION 1 3 1 bh = (8)(40)3 = 42.020) = = 219 × 106 Pa I 42. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. σ max = 219 MPa  K = 1.667 × 103 mm 4 = 42.667 × 10−9 σ max = 176 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.50)(250)(0.64 Knowing that M = 250 N ⋅ m.10 d 40 mm σ max = K (b) K = 1.

4. 3 in. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4.8 kip ⋅ in  (b) M = (9.75 = = 0.32 and 4. 8 D = 7. b.58)(2.15 d 5 D 7. = 0. Determine the largest couple M that can be applied to the bar (a) if the bar is designed with grooves having semicircular portions of radius r = 34 in. . without the prior written permission of the publisher.5 in.5 d 5 t = Dimensions: Stress concentration factors: Figs.5 = = 1. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Inc.115)(12) (1. 2 σm = KMc I r = 1 3 1 td = (0.92)(2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. as shown in Fig.875)(5)3 = 9. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.92 Configuration (b): K = 1.5 in. 4 d = 5 in.7 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. reproduced.5) M = 27. r 0.875 in. SOLUTION 7 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. (b) if the bar is redesigned by removing the material above and below the dashed lines as shown in Fig.5) M = 22.115 in 4 12 12 σ m = 12 ksi M = Iσ m Kc (a) M = (9. = 0. a.75 in. All rights reserved.58 I = Moment of inertia: c= 1 d = 2.115)(12) (1.31 Configuration (a): K = 1.65 The allowable stress used in the design of a steel bar is 12 ksi.

5 in. 2 Maximum stress: r = 1 3 1 td = (0. = 0.115 σ m = 12.22)(20)(2.5 = = 1. Determine the maximum stress in the bar (a) if the bar is designed with grooves having semicircular portions of radius r = 12 in.5 d 5 t = Dimensions: Stress concentration factors: Figs. r 0. or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved. (b) if the bar is redesigned by removing the material above and below the dashed line as shown in Fig. A student using this manual is using it without permission. = 0.5 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced. 4.5) 9.5 in.2 ksi  (b) σm = (1.115 σ m = 9.875)(5)3 = 9.875 in.32 and 4. SOLUTION 7 in. b. . 1 in.80)(20)(2.5) 9.22 Configuration (b): K = 1.66 A couple of moment M = 20 kip ⋅ in. No part of this Manual may be displayed.31 Configuration (a): K = 2. is to be applied to the end of a steel bar. 8 D = 7. 2 d = 5 in.10 d 5 D 7.80 I = Moment of inertia: c= 1 d = 2.5 = = 0. a.9 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. as shown in Fig. without the prior written permission of the publisher.115 in 4 12 12 M = 20 kip ⋅ in σm = KMc I (a) σm = (2.PROBLEM 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.. Inc.

A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.4) 1 − (0. (b) the elastic core of the bar is 4 mm thick.8 N ⋅ m M Y = 38. Inc. Determine the moment M of the couple for which (a) yield first occurs. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced. .5 c 4  1  y 2  3 M = M Y 1 −  Y   2  3  c   3  1  = (38.004 c = 38.67 The prismatic bar shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with σ Y = 300 MPa and is subjected to a couple M parallel to the x axis. No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION (a) I= 1 3 1 bh = (12)(8)3 = 512 mm 4 12 12 = 512 × 10−12 m 4 c= 1 h = 4 mm = 0. All rights reserved.8 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.4 N ⋅ m  M = 52.PROBLEM 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or distributed in any form or by any means.5) 2  2  3  = 52.004 m 2 (300 × 106 )(512 × 10−12 ) 0.4 N ⋅ m MY = (b) yY = 1 (4) = 2 mm 2 σY I = yY 2 = = 0.

6 N ⋅ m MY = (b) yY = 1 (4) = 2 mm 2 σY I = M Y = 57.67 The prismatic bar shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with σ Y = 300 MPa and is subjected to a couple M parallel to the x axis.PROBLEM 4. reproduced.67. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.006 m 2 (300 × 106 )(1. No part of this Manual may be displayed.2 N ⋅ m M = 83. Inc.006 = 57. assuming that the couple M is parallel to the z axis. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Determine the moment M of the couple for which (a) yield first occurs.68 Solve Prob.152 × 10−9 ) c 0.2 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved. (b) the elastic core of the bar is 4 mm thick. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION (a) I= 1 3 1 bh = (8)(12)3 = 1.6) 1 −    2  3  3   = 83. .152 × 103 mm 4 12 12 = 1. PROBLEM 4.152 × 10−9 m 4 1 c = h = 6 mm = 0.6 N ⋅ m  yY 2 1 = = c 6 3 M=  1  y 2  3 M Y 1 −  Y   2  3  c    1  1 2  3 = (57. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. 4.

872 c MY yY = (0. Determine (a) the thickness of the elastic core.02 in. Thickness of elastic core: (b) yY = ε Y ρ = σY 2 yY = 0.50 ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.872 lb ⋅ in MY = σY I = 3 M = MY 2  1  y 3  1 −  Y    3  c   yY (2)(1350) M = 3−2 = 3− = 0.69 The prismatic bar shown.83426 1171.26071 in. made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 29 × 106 psi and σ Y = 36 ksi. (b) the radius of curvature of the bar. 28 (36 × 103 )(10.  ρ E y E (0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.1725 × 10 in 12  2  8  c= 15   = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.521 in.3125 in. reproduced.83426)(0. Inc. ρ= Y = σY 36 × 103 ρ = 17.PROBLEM 4.3125) = 0. parallel to the z axis. All rights reserved. . without the prior written permission of the publisher. is subjected to a couple of 1350 lb ⋅ in. SOLUTION 3 (a) I= 1  1  5  4 −3    = 10. A student using this manual is using it without permission.1725 × 10−3 ) 0.26071)(29 × 106 ) = 210.3125 c = 1171.

34641 937. Thickness of elastic core: (b) yY = ε Y ρ = σY 2 yY = 0.5 c MY yY = (0.763 in.25 c = 937. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.  2  2  (36 × 103 )(6. reproduced.  ρ E y E (0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.69. No part of this Manual may be displayed. assuming that the 1350-lb ⋅ in. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5104 × 10−3 ) 0. SOLUTION 3 (a) I= 1  5  1  −3 4    = 6. or distributed in any form or by any means. (b) the radius of curvature of the bar. 4.5 lb ⋅ in MY = σY I = 2 3  1  yY   M = 1 −   2  3  c   yY (2)(1350) M = 3−2 = 3− = 0. couple is parallel to the y axis.25) = 0. ρ= Y = σY 36 × 103 ρ = 5.5104 × 10 in 12  8  2   1  1  c =    = 0.1732 in. .086603)(29 × 106 ) = 69. is subjected to a couple of 1350 lb ⋅ in parallel to the z axis.086603 in. Determine (a) the thickness of the elastic core.25 in. made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 29 × 106 psi and σ Y = 36 ksi.70 Solve Prob.PROBLEM 4.69 The prismatic bar shown.81 ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. All rights reserved. PROBLEM 4.34641)(0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

4)2  = 3408 N ⋅ m 2 3   M = 3.PROBLEM 4. (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 12 mm thick. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or distributed in any form or by any means. reproduced. Inc.71 A bar of rectangular cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 300 MPa.4 c 20 mm M = = 2  3 1 y   M Y 1 −  Y   2 3  c    3 1   (2400) 1 − (0.40 kN ⋅ m  (b) Plastic zones are 12 mm thick: yY = 20 mm − 12 mm = 8 mm yY 8 mm = = 0.020 m 2 I = (a) First yielding: MY = σ = Mc = σY I Iσ Y (160)(10−9 )(300 × 106 ) = = 2400 N ⋅ m c 0. . SOLUTION 1 (30)(40)3 = 160 × 103 mm 4 = 160 × 10−9 m 4 12 1 c = (40) = 20 mm = 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. No part of this Manual may be displayed.020 M Y = 2.41 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Determine the bending moment M for which (a) yield first occurs. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

(b) 9 m.54)2  = 2600 N ⋅ m c 3 2 3       M = 2.05556 m −1 < 0.11111 m −1 > 0. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.60 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. SOLUTION 1 (30)(40)3 = 160 × 103 mm 4 = 160 × 10−9 m 4 12 1 c = (40) = 20 mm = 0.8 mm = = 0.778 kN ⋅ m  (b) 1 ρ = 9 m: ρ = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced.54 c 20 mm yY = M = 3 MY 2 2  1 y   3 1   1 −  Y   = (1920) 1 − (0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.8 mm 200 × 109 yY 10. Determine the bending moment M for which the radius of curvature of the bar will be (a) 18 m. M = EI ρ = (200 × 109 )(160 × 10−9 ) = 1778 N ⋅ m 18 M = 1.PROBLEM 4.0108 m = 10. All rights reserved.020 M 1 1920 = Y = = 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0600 m −1 The bar is fully elastic. or distributed in any form or by any means. σY = EyY ρ yY = ρσ Y E (9)(240 × 106 ) = 0. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission.0600 m −1 EI ρY (200 × 109 )(160 × 10−9 ) MY = (a) 1 ρ = 18 m: ρ = 0.020 m 2 I = Iσ Y (160 × 10−9 )(240 × 106 ) = = 1920 N ⋅ m c 0.0600 m −1 The bar is partially plastic.72 Bar AB is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 240 MPa.

No part of this Manual may be displayed.060)(0.060)(0. determine the bending moment at which (a) yield first occurs. Inc. SOLUTION (a) 1 3 1 bh = (60)(90)3 = 3.045 I= M Y = 19. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4. For bending about the zaxis.010)] = 28.030) + (108 × 103 )(0.44 kN ⋅ m  R1 = σ Y A1 = (240 × 106 )(0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.44 × 10 N ⋅ m c 0.045 m 2 σ I (240 × 106 )(3.645 × 106 mm 4 = 3.645 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 1 c = h = 45 mm = 0.645 × 10−6 ) MY = Y = = 19.030 m 1 1 R2 = σ Y A2 =   (240 × 106 )(0.030) = 432 × 103 N y1 = 15 mm + 15 mm = 0. (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 30-mm thick.015) 2 2 = 108 × 103 N 2 y2 = (15 mm) = 10 mm = 0.08 × 103 N ⋅ m M = 28.1 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.73 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 240 MPa. All rights reserved.010 m 3 (b) M = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[(432 × 103 )(0. .

PROBLEM 4.645 × 106 mm 4 12 12 1 1 I cutout = bh3 = (30)(30)3 = 67. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.060)(0. reproduced.5 × 103 mm 4 12 12 I = 3.030) = 432 × 103 N y1 = 15 mm + 15 mm = 30 mm = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.00 × 103 N ⋅ m M = 27. All rights reserved. Inc. determine the bending moment at which (a) yield first occurs.5 × 103 = 3.045 c 3 = 19.5775 × 106 mm 4 I rect = = 3.08 × 10 N ⋅ m c= M Y = 19.030) + (54 × 103 )(0. .010)] = 27. For bending about the z axis. A student using this manual is using it without permission.030 m 1 1 σ Y A2 = (240 × 106 )(0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.74 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 240 MPa.5775 × 10−6 mm 4 1 h = 45 mm = 0.030)(0.5775 × 10−6 ) MY = Y = 0. (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 30-mm thick.015) = 54 × 103 N 2 2 2 y2 = (15 mm) = 10 mm = 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.08 kN ⋅ m  R1 = σ Y A1 = (240 × 106 )(0.045 m 2 σ I (240 × 106 )(3.010 m 3 R2 = (b) M = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[(432 × 103 )(0. No part of this Manual may be displayed.645 × 106 − 67. SOLUTION (a) 1 3 1 bh = (60)(90)3 = 3.

All rights reserved.75 in 4 12 12 I 3 = I1 = 175.5)(1. reproduced.0)] M = 4725 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.75 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 29 × 106 psi and σ Y = 42 ksi.0 in. MY = σY I c = (42)(357. or distributed in any form or by any means.5) = 1.5 in 4 12 12 1 1 3 I 2 = b2 h2 = (3)(3)3 = 6.5 in 4 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 357.PROBLEM 4. SOLUTION (a) 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (6)(3)3 + (6)(3)(3)2 = 175. For bending about the z axis.5 = 3 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc. (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 3 in. 1 1 R2 = σ Y A2 = (42)(3)(1.5 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A student using this manual is using it without permission. determine the bending moment at which (a) yield first occurs.5) 2 2 = 94.5 + 1. thick. . 3 (b) M = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[(756)(3) + (94. No part of this Manual may be displayed.75 in 4 c = 4.75) 4.5 kip 2 y2 = (1.5 M Y = 3339 kip ⋅ in  R1 = σ Y A1 = (42)(6)(3) = 756 kip y1 = 1.

3 (b) M = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[(378)(3. All rights reserved.5 = 3.0)] M = 2646 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.75 in 4 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 188.76 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 29 × 106 psi and σ Y = 42 ksi.PROBLEM 4.5 in. thick. reproduced.5) MY = Y = c 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.0 in. SOLUTION (a) 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (3)(3)3 + (3)(3)(3) 2 = 87.5 + 1.0 in. σ I (42)(188.0) + (189)(1. 1 1 R2 = σ Y A2 = (42)(6)(1.75 in 4 12 12 1 1 I 2 = b2 h23 = (6)(3)3 = 13. Inc. For bending about the z axis. or distributed in any form or by any means. .5) 2 2 = 189 kip 2 y2 = (1.5 in 4 12 12 I 3 = I1 = 87.5 M Y = 1759 kip ⋅ in  R1 = σ Y A1 = (42)(3)(3) = 378 kip y1 = 1. determine the bending moment at which (a) yield first occurs. (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 3 in. A student using this manual is using it without permission.5 in 4 c = 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5) = 1. No part of this Manual may be displayed.

E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 240 MPa.645 × 106 mm 4 = 3.16 × 103 N ⋅ m M p = 29. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.645 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 c = 45 mm = 0. determine (a) the fully plastic moment M p .73.73). No part of this Manual may be displayed. . A student using this manual is using it without permission. A1 = (60)(45) = 2700 mm 2 = 2700 × 10−6 m 2 R = σ Y A1 = (240 × 106 )(2700 × 10−6 ) = 648 × 103 N d = 45 mm = 0.500  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. (b) the shape factor of the cross section.645 × 10−6 ) = 19.2 kN ⋅ m  1 3 1 bh = (60)(90)3 = 3.PROBLEM 4.045 k= Mp MY = 29. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION From Problem 4.44 × 103 N ⋅ m 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.44 k = 1. Inc.045) = 29. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.16 19.045 m (a) (b) M p = Rd = (648 × 103 )(0. 4.045 m I= MY = σY I c = (240 × 106 )(3. All rights reserved.77 For the beam indicated (of Prob.

(a) E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 240 MPa.645 × 106 mm 4 12 12 1 3 1 I cutout = bh = (30)(30)3 = 67.045 c M p 27.78 For the beam indicated (of Prob.0075 m 2 M p = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[( 432× 103 )(0.060)(0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.030) + (108× 103 )(0. (b) the shape factor of the cross section. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.045 m 2 σ I (240 × 106 )(3. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or distributed in any form or by any means.030) = 432 × 103 N y1 = 15 mm + 15 mm = 30 mm = 0.5 kN ⋅ m  1 3 1 bh = (60)(90)3 = 3.5 mm = 0.5 × 103 mm 4 12 12 I = I rect − I cutout = 3. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Inc. 4.PROBLEM 4.5 × 103 = 3.0075)] = 27.74). determine (a) the fully plastic moment M p .54 × 103 N ⋅ m (b) M p = 27. .74.5775 × 103 mm 4 I rect = = 3.5775 × 10−9 ) = 19.030)(0.5775 × 10−9 m 4 1 h = 45 mm = 0. All rights reserved. R1 = σ Y A1 = (240 × 106 )(0.015) = 108 × 103 N 1 y2 = (15) = 7.08 × 103 N ⋅ m MY = Y = 0.08 c= k = 1.443  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed.54 k= = MY 19.030 m R2 = σ Y A2 = (240 × 106 )(0. reproduced.645 × 106 − 67. SOLUTION From Problem 4.

R1 = σ Y A1 = (42)(6)(3) = 756 kip y1 = 1.0) + (189)(0. All rights reserved.5 in.75). R2 = σ Y A2 = (42)(3)(1.PROBLEM 4.0 in.75 in 4 12 12 I 3 = I1 = 175.5 + 1.75 in 4 c = 4.79 For the beam indicated (of Prob.5 4819. No part of this Manual may be displayed.75. 75)] (b) M p = 4819.5 = k= MY 3339 MY = c Mp = k = 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. determine (a) the fully plastic moment M p .5) = 189 kip y2 = 1 (1. SOLUTION From Problem 4. reproduced.75) = 3339 kip ⋅ in 4.5 in 4 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 357. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. 4.75 in. σY I (42)(357.5 in 4 12 12 1 1 I 2 = b2 h23 = (3)(3)3 = 6. or distributed in any form or by any means. (b) the shape factor of the cross section.5 kip ⋅ in  1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (6)(3)3 + (6)(3)(3)2 = 175. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (a) E = 29 × 106 and σ Y = 42 ksi. Inc. 2 M p = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[( 756)( 3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.443  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5) = 0.5 = 3.

(a) E = 29 × 106 psi and σ Y = 42 ksi. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. R2 = σ Y A2 = (42)(6)(1.80 For the beam indicated (of Prob.611  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5 = 3.3 MY = = k = 1. All rights reserved.76). σY I (42)(188. No part of this Manual may be displayed.5) = 378 kip y2 = 1 (1. SOLUTION From Problem 4.5 + 1.5) = 0. (b) the shape factor of the cross section.5 in 4 c = 4. R1 = σ Y A1 = (42)(3)(3) = 378 kip y1 = 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. 2 M p = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 ) = 2[( 378)( 3.75 in 4 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 188.0 in.5 Mp 2835 k= = MY 1759.75 in 4 12 12 1 1 3 I 2 = b2 h2 = (6)(3)3 = 13.0) + ( 378)(0. 4. reproduced.5) = 1759. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means. 75)] (b) M p = 2835 kip ⋅ in  1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (3)(3)3 + (3)(3)(3)2 = 87.5 in.3 kip ⋅ in c 4.5 in 4 12 12 I 3 = I1 = 87. Inc. determine (a) the fully plastic moment M p . A student using this manual is using it without permission.76.PROBLEM 4.75 in. .

Inc. assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 240 MPa.81 Determine the plastic moment M p of a steel beam of the cross section shown. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. .018 m 4 (240 × 106 )(0. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION A= For a semicircle: π 2 r 2. A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or distributed in any form or by any means.018)3 = 1866 N ⋅ m 3 M p = 1.866 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Mp = r = 18 mm = 0. r = 4r 3π R = σY A Resultant force on semicircular section: Resultant moment on entire cross section: M p = 2 Rr = Data: 4 σY r3 3 σ Y = 240 MPa = 240 × 106 Pa.PROBLEM 4.

82 Determine the plastic moment M p of a steel beam of the cross section shown. A4 y4 = 24.4 × 103 mm3 A4 = (50)(10) = 500 mm 2 . reproduced. assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 240 MPa. No part of this Manual may be displayed. y3 = 29 mm. A2 y2 = 4. SOLUTION Total area: A = (50)(90) − (30)(30) = 3600 mm 2 1 A = 1800 mm 2 2 1 A 1800 x= 2 = = 36 mm b 50 A1 = (50)(36) = 1800 mm 2 .2 × 10−6 m3 M p = σ Y ΣAi yi = (240 × 106 )(79. A student using this manual is using it without permission. y1 = 18 mm. y2 = 7 mm. Inc. A3 y3 = 17. All rights reserved.01 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or distributed in any form or by any means. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.2 × 103 mm3 = 79.5 × 103 mm3 A1 y1 + A2 y2 + A3 y3 + A4 y4 = 79. A1 y1 = 32.4 × 103 mm3 A2 = (50)(14) = 700 mm 2 . without the prior written permission of the publisher.9 × 103 mm3 A3 = (20)(30) = 600 mm 2 . y4 = 49 mm.PROBLEM 4.008 × 103 N ⋅ m M p = 19.2 × 10−6 ) = 19.

assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 240 MPa.2721 mm = 5. R3 = 11.1178 × 103 N 1 y1 = y = 8. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.324 × 10−6 m 2 Ri = σ Y Ai = 240 × 106 Ai R1 = 64.4558) = 5.4853 × 10−3 m 3 1 y2 = (36 − 25.2132)(36 − 25. or distributed in any form or by any means.4558) = 223.2721 × 10−3 m 2 2 y3 = (36 − 25.2132)(25. All rights reserved.676 mm 2 = 223.6822 × 103 N. reproduced.0295 mm = 7.4558) = 7.4853 mm = 8.4558) = 270 mm 2 = 270 × 10−6 m 2 2 A2 = (21.4558 mm 5 b = 21. without the prior written permission of the publisher.2132 mm 1 A1 = (21.83 Determine the plastic moment M p of a steel beam of the cross section shown. A student using this manual is using it without permission. 2 12 y2 = 12 A1 5 12 (270) = 25.676 × 10−6 m 2 y= A3 = A − A1 − A2 = 46.324 mm 2 = 46. Inc. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4. R2 = 53. b 30 = y 36 Since A1 = b= Half area: 1 A = 270 mm 2 = A1 2 5 y 6 1 5 2 by = y .8 × 103 N.0295 × 10−3 m 3 M p = R1 y1 + R2 y2 + R3 y3 = 911 N ⋅ m M p = 911 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. . No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION Total area: A= 1 (30)(36) = 540 mm 2 2 By similar triangles.

Inc.64 × 103 N ⋅ m Mp = M p = 48.060 m c2 = 40 mm = 0. .84 Determine the plastic moment M p of a steel beam of the cross section shown.0603 − 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced.040 m 4 (240 × 106 )(0. SOLUTION Let c1 be the outer radius and c2 the inner radius. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means. A1 y1 = Aa ya − Ab yb  π  4c   π  4c  =  c12  1  −  c22  2   2  3π   2  3π  3 2 3 = c1 − c2 3 ( A2 y2 = A1 y1 = ) ( 2 3 c1 − c 22 3 ) M p = σ Y ( A1 y1 + A2 y2 ) = Data: ( 4 σ Y c13 − c32 3 ) σ Y = 240 MPa = 240 × 106 Pa c1 = 60 mm = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. No part of this Manual may be displayed.0403 ) 3 = 48.6 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 240 MPa.

44 in 2 Total area: 1 A = 0.72 in 2 2 1 A 0. 2 2 1 1 2 A2 = A = 0. SOLUTION A = (1.2) = 1.8)(0.6)(1. assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 36 ksi. reproduced. b 0.2 in.2)] = 20.4) = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.72 x= 2 = = 1.6 Neutral axis lies 1.72 in . 1 1 A = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed.2 in.PROBLEM 4.7 kip ⋅ in M p = 20. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. y1 = (1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. 2 2 M p = σ Y ( A1 y1 + A2 y2 ) A1 = = (36)[(0. y2 = (0.2 in. below the top.4) + (0.7 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.2) = 0.72)(0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.72)(0.72 in 2 . A student using this manual is using it without permission. .6 in. Inc.85 Determine the plastic moment M p of the cross section shown. All rights reserved.6) + (0.

75) M p = 212 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 36 ksi.50 in 3 A2 = 0.25 in 2 2 A1 = 2.50 + 0.25. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A3 y3 = 1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.25 in 2 .PROBLEM 4.5625 + 2. A2 y2 = 0.75.75 in 3 M p = σ Y ( A1 y1 + A2 y2 + A3 y3 + A4 y4 ) = (36)(1.25 in 2 .86 Determine the plastic moment M p of the cross section shown.00 in 2 . y2 = 0. y3 = 1. . A4 y4 = 2. SOLUTION Total area: 1 1 1 A = (4)   +   (3) + (2)   = 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Inc. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced.0625 + 1. A1 y1 = 1.0625 in 3 A3 = 1.00 in 2 .75.5 in 2 2 2     2 1 A = 2. y1 = 0. All rights reserved. y4 = 2.25. or distributed in any form or by any means.5625 in 3 A4 = 1. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

0 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means.73 and 4.16 × 103 )(0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed.645 × 10−6 m 4 c = 0.045) = 360 × 106 Pa −6 3. . SOLUTION M p = 29. Using a yield strength of 240 MPa. a couple of moment equal to the full plastic moment M p is applied and then removed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.045 m σ′ = Mp c M max y = I I UNLOADING LOADING σ′ = at y = c = 45 mm RESIDUAL STRESSES (29.PROBLEM 4. I = 3. without the prior written permission of the publisher.73). 4.77.645 × 10 σ res = σ ′ − σ Y = 360 × 106 − 240 × 106 = 120 × 106 Pa σ res = 120.87 For the beam indicated (of Prob.16 × 103 N ⋅ m See solutions to Problems 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. determine the residual stress at y = 45 mm .

All rights reserved.4 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5775 × 10 UNLOADING at y =c RESIDUAL STRESSES σ res = σ ′ − σ Y = 346. a couple of moment equal to the full plastic moment M p is applied and then removed.4 × 106 Pa σ res = 106.4 × 106 Pa −6 3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A student using this manual is using it without permission. LOADING c = 0.74 and 4.4 × 106 − 240 × 106 = 106.54 × 103 N ⋅ m (See solutions to Problems 4.54 × 103 )(0. Using a yield strength of 240 MPa. 4.) I = 3. .PROBLEM 4.5775 × 10−6 m 4 .88 For the beam indicated (of Prob. SOLUTION M p = 27.78. Inc.045) = 346. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. determine the residual stress at y = 45 mm .045 m σ′ = Mp c M max y = I I σ′ = (27.74).

5) = 1960 in. reproduced. σ res = σ ′′ − σ Y = 19. A student using this manual is using it without permission. σ res = σ ′ − σ Y = 59.. without the prior written permission of the publisher. No part of this Manual may be displayed. M = 4725 kip ⋅ in σ Y = 42 ksi (a) yY = 1.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.43 ksi I 357.75 for bending couple and stress distribution. 0. or distributed in any form or by any means. 22.5in.PROBLEM 4. thick to develop at the top and bottom of the bar.5 in.4 ft.75)(42) = = 3.89 A bending couple is applied to the bar indicated. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.18 in.19 ρ = 163.5) = = 59.18 in.19 ksi σ =− Ey ρ ∴ ρ =− Ey σ = (29 × 103 )(1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.  y = yY . causing plastic zones 3 in. I = 357. determine (a) the residual stress at y = 4. σ res = −22.43 ksi σ′ = At σ res = 0 ∴ y0 = (c) At  y = yY .75 MyY (4725)(1. 3. M 4725 Answer: y0 = −3. (b) the points where the residual stress is zero. SOLUTION See solution to Problem 4. .5) σ ′′ = = = 19. All rights reserved.75 At y = c. (c) the radius of curvature corresponding to the permanent deformation of the bar. After the couple has been removed. Inc.43 − 42 = 17.18in.75 in 4 c = 4.81 ksi I 357.81 − 42 = −22. . Mc (4725)(4.19 ksi UNLOADING LOADING (b) E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi RESIDUAL STRESSES My0 − σY = 0 I Iσ Y (357.5 in.

94 ksi  UNLOADING LOADING (b) yY = 1. M 2646 RESIDUAL STRESSES σ res = 0 ∴ At y = yY . My0 = σY I Iσ Y (188.5)(42) y0 = = = 2.17 ksi At y = yY .5in. Inc. determine (a) the residual stress at y = 4.5 σ′ = At y = c. SOLUTION See solution to Problem 4. σ res = σ ′ − σ Y = 63.5 MyY (2646)(1.17 − 42 = 21.  σ res = −20.PROBLEM 4. (c) the radius of curvature corresponding to the permanent deformation of the bar. M = 2646 kip ⋅ in I = 188. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means.94 ksi ∴ ρ =− Ey σ = (29 × 103 )(1. causing plastic zones 3 in.992 in.17 ksi I 188.5in.90 A bending couple is applied to the bar indicated.992 in. thick to develop at the top and bottom of the bar. After the couple has been removed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.5 in.5) = = 63. σ =− Ey ρ Answer: y0 = −2. 2. 0.. without the prior written permission of the publisher. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. σ res = σ ′′ − σ Y = 21. All rights reserved. A student using this manual is using it without permission. 20.06 − 42 σ res = −20.1 ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.94 ρ = 173.06 ksi I 188. .. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Mc (2646)(4.992 in.5) = 2077 in.5 in 4 σ Y = 42 ksi (a) (c) E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi c = 4.76 for bending couple and stress distribution during loading.5) σ ′′ = = = 21. (b) the points where the residual stress is zero.

045 m σ′ = Mc (28.15 mm M 28. 31. Inc.4 × 106 ρ = 24.73 for bending couple and stress distribution during loading: M = 28. σ res = −124. (b) the points where the residual stress is zero.6 MPa −6 I 3. .08 × 103 )(0.7 MPa  At y = yY .015) = = 115.015) −124. (c) the radius of curvature corresponding to the permanent deformation of the beam.15 mm  (c) At y = yY . All rights reserved. causing plastic zones 30 mm thick to develop at the top and bottom of the beam. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or distributed in any form or by any means.645 × 10 At y = c. 4.015 m σ res = 0 ∴ y0 = RESIDUAL STRESSES M y0 − σY = 0 I Iσ Y (3. σ res = σ ′′ − σ Y = 115.4 MPa UNLOADING LOADING (b) yY = 15 mm = 0.15 × 10−3 m = 31. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.645 × 10−6 )(240 × 106 ) = = 31. determine (a) the residual stress at y = 45 mm. reproduced. SOLUTION See solution to Problem 4.4 × 106 Pa σ =− Ey ρ ∴ ρ =− Ey σ = (200 × 109 )(0.15 mm.08 × 103 Answer: y0 = −31.645 × 10−6 m 4 σ Y = 240 MPa (a) E = 200 GPa c = 0. 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.7 MPa I 3.08 × 103 N ⋅ m I = 3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.91 A bending couple is applied to the beam of Prob.73. without the prior written permission of the publisher.1 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. After the couple has been removed.08 × 103 )(0.7 − 240 σ res = 106.7 × 106 Pa = 346.PROBLEM 4.045) = = 346.6 − 240 σ res = −124.645 × 10−6 σ ′′ = M yY (28. σ res = σ ′ − σ Y = 346.6 × 106 Pa = 115.

PROBLEM 4. A bending couple is applied to the beam about z axis.32 ρ = 168. without the prior written permission of the publisher.. thick to develop at the top and bottom of the beam..92 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E = 29 × 106 psi and σ Y = 42 ksi . σ res = σ ′′ − σ Y = 27. Inc. I = 14.6667)(42) = = 1.6667 in 4 E = 29 × 106 psi = 29 × 103 ksi c = 2 in. . 0.32 ksi ∴ ρ =− Ey σ = (29 × 103 )(1.36 ksi I 14.6667 MyY (406)(1. SOLUTION See solution to Problem 4.  σ res = −14.517 in.32 ksi  RESIDUAL STRESSES M y0 − σY = 0 I Iσ Y (14. (c) the radius of curvature corresponding to the permanent deformation of the beam.68 − 42 UNLOADING LOADING (b) σ res = 0 ∴ y0 = (c) σ =− Ey ρ σ res = −14.0) σ ′′ = = = 27. determine (a) the residual stress at y = 2 in. or distributed in any form or by any means.6667 σ′ = σ res = σ ′ − σ Y = 55. All rights reserved.0 in. (b) the points where the residual stress is zero.517 in.36 ksi  Answer: y0 = −1.8 ft  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. After the couple has been removed. 1. A student using this manual is using it without permission. At y = yY .36 − 42 At y = c. Mc (406)(2) = = 55. σ res = 13.517 in.68 ksi I 14. M 406 At y = yY . No part of this Manual may be displayed. M = 406 kip ⋅ in σ Y = 42 ksi (a) yY = 1. causing plastic zones 2 in.76 for bending couple and stress distribution during loading. 14.0) = 2025 in. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.93* A rectangular bar that is straight and unstressed is bent into an arc of circle of radius by two couples of moment M. or distributed in any form or by any means. Denoting by ρY the radius of curvature of the bar at the onset of yield. 2 3 ρY2   M : MY M 3 ρ2  ρ2 = 1 − 2  ∴ = 3−2m MY 2 ρY  ρY2 1 1 M 1 mM Y 1 m = − = − = − ρR ρ EI ρ EI ρ ρY m= = 1 ρ  1  3 ρ  1 ρ 2   m − = − − 1 1 1      ρ ρY  ρ  2 ρY  3 ρY2    PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. EI M =  3 1 ρ2  M Y 1 − . After the couples are removed. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc. reproduced. . No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission. show that the radii of curvature satisfy the following relation: 1 ρR 2   1 3 ρ  1  ρ   1 −  = 1 −   ρ 2 ρY  3  ρY       SOLUTION 1 ρY Let m denote = MY . All rights reserved.PROBLEM 4. it is observed that the radius of curvature of the bar is ρ R . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

70711ρY ρ ρ ρY ρY 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.25 = − = − = − EI EI 0.09ρY  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.25 MY ρ = 3 − 2m = 0. EI M =  3 1 ρ2  M Y 1 −  2 3 ρY2   M 3 1 ρ2  = 1 −  MY 2 3 ρY2  Let m = M = 1. . A student using this manual is using it without permission. All rights reserved. determine (a) the radius of curvature when a couple of moment M = 1.94 A solid bar of rectangular cross section is made of a material that is assumed to be elastoplastic. 4. Denoting by M Y and ρY . reproduced. the bending moment and radius of curvature at the onset of yield. or distributed in any form or by any means. respectively.93.PROBLEM 4. Check the results obtained by using the relation derived in Prob. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.16421 ρY ρ R = 6. SOLUTION (a) 1 ρY = m= MY . without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc.25 M Y is applied to the bar.70711 ρY ρ = 0.70711ρY  (b) 1 ρR = = 1 ρ − M 1 mM Y 1 m 1 1. (b) the radius of curvature after the couple is removed.

504 × 10−3 m = 3. All rights reserved. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.01 mm  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc. Knowing that the radius of curvature of the bar is 2.504 mm 200 × 109 thickness of elastic core = 2 yY = 7. No part of this Manual may be displayed.44 × 106 Solving by trial.28 × 10−6 ) σ Y 1 − 750 × 10−21σ Y2  = 350 σ Y 1 − 750 × 10−21σ Y2  = 273. SOLUTION M =  3 1 ρ2  M Y 1 −  2 3 ρY2    1 ρ 2σ Y2  1 −  3 E 2c 2   = 3 σY I 2 c = 3 σ Y b(2c)3  1 ρ 2σ Y2  1 −  2 12c  3 E 2c 2   1 ρ 2σ Y2  = σ Y bc 2 1 −  3 E 2c 2   (a)  ρ 2σ Y2  bc 2σ y 1 − =M 3E 2c 2   Cubic equation for σ Y Data: E = 200 × 109 Pa M = 420 N ⋅ m ρ = 2. determine (a) the yield strength of the steel.008 m 2 (1.4) = 3.4 m when a couple of moment M = 350 N ⋅ m is applied as shown. (b) yY = σY ρ E = σ Y = 292 × 106 Pa σ Y = 292 MPa  (292 × 106 )(2. reproduced.95 The prismatic bar AB is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic and for which E = 200 GPa . or distributed in any form or by any means. .020 m c= 1 h = 8 mm = 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.4 m b = 20 mm = 0. (b) the thickness of the elastic core of the bar. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4.

without the prior written permission of the publisher.0048 0.29 × 103 N ⋅ m J = M = 7.030 ρ = 4. plot σ versus y and use an approximate method of integration.0032 0. we get the values given in the table below: u 0 0. or distributed in any form or by any means. . All rights reserved.0016 0. the integration formula is J = Δu Σwu |σ | 3 where w is a weighting factor. No part of this Manual may be displayed.75 1.030 m 2 b = 40 mm = 0.PROBLEM 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.25 MPa = 101. determine (a) the radius of curvature of the bar when the maximum stress is 250 MPa.21333 m −1 c 0. (b) the corresponding value of the bending moment.25 0.) SOLUTION (a) σ m = 250 MPa = 250 × 106 Pa ε m = 0. If Simpson’s rule is used.29 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.00 |ε | 0 0.25. Using Δu = 0.0064 |σ |.030)2 (101. Assuming that the σ -ε diagram is the same in compression as in tension. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5 0.25 × 106 ) = 7.0064 = = 0.69 m  ε = −ε m Strain distribution: M = − Bending couple: y = −ε mu c c −c u = where c 0 y ε 1 yσ bdy = 2b  y |σ | d y = 2bc 2  0 u |σ | du = 2bc 2 J 1 where the integral J is given by  0 u |σ | du Evaluate J using a method of numerial integration. (Hint: For part b. (MPa) 0 27.25)(1215) = 101. (MPa) 0 110 180 225 250 u |σ |.040 m c= 1 ρ (b) = ε m 0.96 The prismatic bar AB is made of an aluminum alloy for which the tensile stress-strain diagram is as shown. A student using this manual is using it without permission.25 × 106 Pa 3 M = (2)(0.040)(0.5 90 168. reproduced. Inc.75 250 w 1 4 2 4 1 wu |σ |.0064 from curve 1 h = 30 mm = 0. (MPa) 0 110 180 675 250 1215 ← Σwu |σ | (0.

6 in. All rights reserved.96. Assuming that the σ − ε diagram is the same in compression as in tension. .67 ksi 3 M = (2)(0.25 18 30 43 J = w 1 4 2 4 1 wu |σ |. (b) the corresponding value of the bending moment.) SOLUTION (a) ρ = 100 in.006 |σ |.003 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. determine (a) the maximum stress in the bar when the radius of curvature of the bar is 100 in.25. 4.67) M = 10.75 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.8)(0.6)2 (18.25 0. c = 0.25) (224) = 18. ksi 0 25 36 120 43 224 ← Σwu |σ | (0.8 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. ksi 0 25 36 40 43 u |σ |. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5 0.6 = 0. b = 0.0045 0. (See hint given in Prob..97 The prismatic bar AB is made of a bronze alloy for which the tensile stress-strain diagram is as shown. A student using this manual is using it without permission. the integration formula is J = Δu Σwu|σ | 3 where w is a weighting factor. ε = −ε m M = − y = −ε mu c c −c where u = c 0 σ m = 43 ksi  y ε 1 y σ bdy = 2b  y |σ | dy = 2bc 2  0 u |σ | du = 2bc 2 J 1 where the integral J is given by  0 u |σ | du Evaluate J using a method of numerial integration. εm = (b) c ρ = 0. Using Δu = 0. If Simpson’s rule is used.PROBLEM 4.00 0 0. we get the values given the table below: u |ε | 0 0...0015 0. Inc. No part of this Manual may be displayed.75 1.006 100 Strain distribution: Bending couple: From the curve. ksi 0 6.

No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. reproduced. show that the maximum stress is σm = 1 + 2n Mc 3n I SOLUTION Strain distribution: ε = −ε m y = −ε mu where c u = y c Bending couple: c c c M = −  − c y σ bdy = 2b  0 y |σ | dy = 2bc 2  0 y dy |σ | c c 1 = 2 bc 2  0 u |σ | du For ε = Kσ n . without the prior written permission of the publisher. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. All rights reserved. Inc. ε m = Kσ m  σ  ε =u =  εm  σm  Then n ∴ 1 | σ | = σ mu n 1 1 1 1+ 1n du M = 2bc 2  0 uσ mu n du = 2bc 2σ m  0 u 2+ 1 u n = 2bc σ m 2 + 1n 2 σm = 1 2n 2  0 = 2n + 1 bc σ m 2n + 1 M 2 bc 2 Recall: that I 1 b(2c)3 2 1 2 c = = bc 2 ∴ = 2 3 3 I c 12 c bc Then σm = 2n + 1 Mc 3n I PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. If a couple M is applied to the bar.98 A prismatic bar of rectangular cross section is made of an alloy for which the stress-strain diagram can be represented by the relation ε = kσ n for σ > 0 and ε = − kσ n for σ < 0 .PROBLEM 4.

.62 S = = = 21.62 in 4 4 4 I 63. M = (6)(1.5 in.206 A S σ = −637 psi  (c) b = 3 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. . σ =− M = (6)(3) = 18 kip ⋅ in P M 6 18 − =− − = −1.99 A short wooden post supports a 6-kip axial load as shown. (c) b = 3in.27 in 2 π π r 4 = (3) 4 = 63.27 21.27 21. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc. Determine the stress at point A when (a) b = 0.206 A S σ = −1061 psi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved.5) = 9 kip ⋅ in σ =− P M 6 9 − =− − = −0.206 in 3 c 3 P = 6 kips M = Pb I = (a) b=0 σ =− (b) M =0 P 6 =− = −0.212 ksi A 28.637 ksi 28.061 ksi 28. A student using this manual is using it without permission. No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION A = π r 2 = π (3) 2 = 28. (b) b = 1.5in.27 σ = −212 psi  b = 1. reproduced. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4.

or distributed in any form or by any means. I x = 75. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (a) for the loading shown. reproduced. 2 F My − σ = A I y = F = 30 kips. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.3 σ = 5.16 in 2 ..3 in 4 At point A.16 σ = 4.PROBLEM 4. can be applied to the end of a W8 × 21 rolled-steel shape. (a) Centric loading: 1 d = 4.5) = −35 kip ⋅ in σ = 20 (−35)(4. M = 0 σ = (b) Eccentric loading: 30 6.14 in.100 As many as three axial loads. SOLUTION For W8 × 21 Appendix C gives A = 6.14) − 6.87 ksi  F = 2 P = 20 kips M = −(10)(3. Inc. (b) if loads are applied at points 1 and 2 only. without the prior written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.28 in. d = 8.16 75.17 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Determine the stress at point A. No part of this Manual may be displayed. each of magnitude P = 10 kips. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

56 × 103 mm 4 = 34.8 MPa  (b) σB = − P Mc 8 × 103 (264)(0.56 × 10−9 σ A = −102.56 × 10−9 m 4 bh = 12 12 1 c = (24 mm) = 12 mm = 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (b) point B.012) − =− = = −102.012 m P = 8 × 103 N 2 I = M = Pe = (8 × 103 )(0. reproduced.6 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc.033 m 1 3 1 (30)(24)3 = 34. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.033) = 264 N ⋅ m (a) σA = − P Mc 8 × 103 (264)(0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.6 × 106 Pa −6 A I 720 × 10 34.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means.8 × 106 Pa A I 720 × 10−6 34. determine the stress at (a) point A. No part of this Manual may be displayed. All rights reserved.101 Knowing that the magnitude of the horizontal force P is 8 kN.012) + =− + = 80.56 × 10−9 σ B = 80. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. . SOLUTION A = (30)(24) = 720 mm 2 = 720 × 10−6 m 2 e = 45 − 12 = 33mm = 0.

or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.84 × 10−6 m 4 c = 40 mm = 0.0 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. (b) point B.8 × 103 ) (0.8 × 103 N ⋅ m (a) σA = P Mc 20 × 103 (4.84 × 10−6 σ A = 112. SOLUTION Rectangular cutout is 60 mm × 40 mm.040) + = + = 112.7 × 106 Pa A I 2. A = (80) (60) − (60)(40) = 2.4 × 10−3 1.PROBLEM 4.4 × 10−3 1.7 MPa  (b) σB = P Mc 20 × 103 (4.040) − = − = −96.4 × 10−3 m 2 I = 1 1 (60)(80)3 − (40)(60)3 = 1. reproduced.8 × 103 )(0. All rights reserved.4 × 103 mm 2 = 2. No part of this Manual may be displayed. determine the stress at (a) point A.84 × 10−6 σ B = −96. Knowing that the press has been tightened on wooden planks being glued together until P = 20 kN.0 × 106 Pa A I 2.84 × 106 mm 4 12 12 = 1.240 m P = 20 × 103 N M = Pe = (20 × 103 )(0. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.040 m e = 200 + 40 = 240 mm = 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.102 The vertical portion of the press shown consists of a rectangular tube of wall thickness t = 10 mm.240) = 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

2 MPa  σ B = −110.59881 × 106 mm 2 12 12 = 1.8 × 103 N ⋅ m (a) σA = P Mc 20 × 103 (4. assuming that t = 8 mm.102. or distributed in any form or by any means.59881 × 10−6 (b) σB = P Mc 20 × 103 (4. (b) point B. PROBLEM 4.2 × 106 Pa A I 1.240) = 4.984 × 103 mm 2 = 1.040) − = − = −110.984 × 10−3 1.004 e = 200 + 40 = 240 mm = 0. determine the stress at (a) point A. reproduced.103 Solve Prob.984 × 10−3 mm 2 I = 1 1 (60)(80)3 − (44)(64)3 = 1. .984 × 10−3 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher.59881 × 10−6 σ A = 130.0 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A = (80) (60) − (64)(44) = 1. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.240 m 3 P = 20 × 10 N M = Pe = (20 × 103 )(0.102 The vertical portion of the press shown consists of a rectangular tube of wall thickness t = 10 mm. Knowing that the press has been tightened on wooden planks being glued together until P = 20 kN. All rights reserved.8 × 103 )(0.PROBLEM 4.0 × 106 Pa A I 1.8 × 103 ) (0. No part of this Manual may be displayed.59881 × 10−6 m 4 c = 40 mm = 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION Rectangular cutout is 64 mm × 44 mm. 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc.040) + = + = 130.

Inc. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means. .68 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 c = 120 mm = 0.120 m I = At A: σA = − At B: σB − P Mc 120 × 103 (9.86 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.0 × 103 N ⋅ m 1 3 1 bh = (90)(240)3 = 103. P = 180 kN = 180 × 103 N A = (90)(240) = 21.6 × 103 mm 2 = 21.6 × 10 σ A = σ B = −8. (b) if the 60-kN loads are applied at points 1 and 2 only. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. (a) for the loading shown.68 × 106 mm 4 = 103.6 × 10−3 103.6 × 10−3 103.68 × 10−6 P Mc 120 × 103 (9.33 × 106 Pa −3 A 21. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed.0 × 103 )(0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.68 × 10−6 σ A = −15.0 × 103 )(0.6 × 10−6 m 2 σ =− At A and B: P 180 × 103 = = −8.120) + =− + = 4.120) − =− − = −15.97 MPa  σ B = 4.97 × 106 Pa  A I 21.86 × 106 Pa A I 21. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.33 MPa  (b) Eccentric loading. SOLUTION (a) Loading is centric. P = 120 kN = 120 × 103 N M = (60 × 103 )(150 × 10−3 ) = 9.PROBLEM 4.104 Determine the stress at points A and B. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

No part of this Manual may be displayed.105 Knowing that the allowable stress in section ABD is 10 ksi. A student using this manual is using it without permission.45 in. Inc.9) = 0.45) −10 = − − = −16.45P)(0.08 in 2 c= 1 (0.PROBLEM 4.623 kips P = 623 lb   PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.0729 σ =− P = 0. . 2 I = 1 (1.9)(1.0729 in 4 12 At point B: σ = −10 ksi P Mc − A I P (2.9)3 = 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.45 P Cross section: A = (0.049P 1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.08 0. or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved.2)(0. reproduced. SOLUTION Statics: M = 2.2) = 1. determine the largest force P that can be applied to the bracket shown.

106 Portions of a 12 × 12 -in. reproduced. . without the prior written permission of the publisher.25 in 2 I = 1 (0.5) = 0.35355) + = 71. square bar have been bent to form the two machine components shown. No part of this Manual may be displayed.25) + = 52 in −2 −3 0.882 in −2 0. σ B = −15 ksi = −15 × 103 psi σB = − 1 ec + A I K = where P Mc P Pec − =− − = − KP A I A I e = 1.PROBLEM 4.35355 in.5)3 = 5.2083 × 10−3 in 4 for all centroidal axes.5 = 0. SOLUTION The maximum stress occurs at point B. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Knowing that the allowable stress is 15 ksi. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0)(0.0) (0.2083 × 10−3 P=− σB K =− (−15 × 103 ) 71.0 in. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means.5) (0. 2 K = 1 (1. 12 (a) (a) c = 0.25 in. A = (0.2083 × 10 P=− (b) (b) c= σB K =− (−15 × 103 ) 52 P = 288 lb  0. determine the maximum load that can be applied to each component. All rights reserved.25 5.25 5. A student using this manual is using it without permission.882 P = 209 lb  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5)(0. K = 1 (1.

3 × 106 Pa (0.3 MPa   (b) σ =− (2. (b) π F = 4 P.PROBLEM 4. Resultant bending couple: σ =− M = M x = − Pa. reproduced. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. All rights reserved.040 m Answers: (a) σ =− (7) (100 × 103 ) = −139. Inc. . Knowing that P = 100 kN and a = 40 mm. No part of this Manual may be displayed.3 × 106 Pa 2 π (0. M x = M z = 0 Centric force: (a) I = a = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher.040) σ = −139.437 P/a 2 2 π a2 π a 4 P = 100 × 103 N. Numerical data:  4 Force at D is removed: F = 3P. σ =− F 4P =− 2 A πa Mz = 0 F M xz 3P (− Pa)(−a) 7P − =− 2 − =− 2 2 π A I a πa πa 4 Forces at C and D are removed: F = 2 P. (b) the forces at C and D are removed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.3 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. SOLUTION For a solid circular section of radius a. or distributed in any form or by any means.437)(100 × 103 ) = −152. A = π a2 σ =− a4 M x = − Pa.107 The four forces shown are applied to a rigid plate supported by a solid steel post of radius a. determine the maximum stress in the post when (a) the force at D is removed. M x2 + M z2 = F Mc 2P − =− 2 − A I πa M z = − Pa 2 Pa 2 Pa a 2+4 2 P =− = −2.040) 2 σ = −152.

020) 2 σ K = 60 × 106 = 14.030) (0.40 × 103 N 3 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.108 A milling operation was used to remove a portion of a solid bar of square cross section. All rights reserved. SOLUTION A = ad .1667 × 103 m −2 (0. I = 1 ad 3 . determine the magnitude P of the largest forces that can be safely applied at the centers of the ends of the bar.010) + = 4. Knowing that a = 30 mm. No part of this Manual may be displayed.PROBLEM 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means.40 kN  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. d = 20 mm. A student using this manual is using it without permission. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.1667 × 10 P = 14.020 m 1 (3) (0. Inc.030) (0.030 m K = P= where K = 1 3(a − d ) + ad ad 2 d = 20 mm = 0.020) (0. 12 c= a d − 2 2 P Mc P 6Ped σ = + = + A I ad ad 3 3 P (a − d ) P σ = + = KP ad ad 2 1 d 2 e= Data: a = 30 mm = 0. and σ all = 60 MPa.

030 (2) (135 × 106 )       = 16. e= I = 1 ad 3 .PROBLEM 4. SOLUTION A = ad . a = 0. . without the prior written permission of the publisher. Forces of magnitude P = 18 kN are applied at the centers of the ends of the bar.109 A milling operation was used to remove a portion of a solid bar of square cross section. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. determine the smallest allowable depth d of the milled portion of the bar. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved. or distributed in any form or by any means.030 0.030 m. Data: d = P = 18 × 103 N. Knowing that a = 30 mm and σ all = 135 MPa. A student using this manual is using it without permission. 12 c= 1 d 2 a d − 2 2 P 1 (a − d ) 1 d P Mc P Pec P 2 = P + 3P ( a − d ) = + = + 2 σ = + 1 A I ad I ad ad ad 2 ad 3 12 3P 2P 2P d − 3P = 0 σ = 2 − or σ d 2 + ad a d 2   1   2P  2P  d =     + 12 Pσ − 2σ   a  a    Solving for d. Inc. σ = 135 × 106 Pa 2   1 (2) (18 × 103 )    (2) (18 × 103 )  3 6 + × × − 12(18 10 ) (135 10 )     0.04 mm  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.04 × 10−3 m d = 16. No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced.

00 ksi  A = (4) (2) = 8 in 2 σ = −1.5 − 1. All rights reserved. .110 A short column is made by nailing two 1 × 4-in. Determine the largest compressive stress created in the column by a 12-kip load applied as shown in the center of the top section of the timber if (a) the column is as described.75 ksi  A = (4) (3) = 12 in 2 e = 1. or distributed in any form or by any means.5) (1.PROBLEM 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5 in. 1 3 1 bh = (4) (3)3 = 9 in 4 12 12 σ =− (c) A = (4)(4) = 16 in 2 P Pec 12 (12) (0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced. × 2 in. (b) plank 1 is removed. cross section 1 c =   (3) = 1.5 in. cross section σ =− P 12 =− A 8 σ = −2.5) − =− − A I 12 9 Centric loading: 4 in. planks to a 2 × 4-in. A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.50 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.0 = 0. Inc. × 3 in. 2 I = σ = −0. timber. × 4 in. SOLUTION (a) Centric loading: 4 in. cross section σ =− (b) P 12 =− A 16 Eccentric loading: 4 in. (c) both planks are removed.

No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means. . SOLUTION For centric loading. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc. σe = P Phc + A I Given σe = 5 σc P Phc P + =5 A I A Phc P =4 I A ∴ π  (4)  d 4  4I 64   = 1d h= = cA  d  π 2  2   d   2  4  h = 0. determine the largest offset that can be used.500 d  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Knowing that the maximum stress after the offset is introduced must not exceed 5 times the stress in the rod when it is straight. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.111 An offset h must be introduced into a solid circular rod of diameter d. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. σc = P A For eccentric loading. All rights reserved. reproduced.

A student using this manual is using it without permission.08-in.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.2952 ) = 0.455 in. reproduced.295 in.112 An offset h must be introduced into a metal tube of 0. All rights reserved.75-in. determine the largest offset that can be used. Knowing that the maximum stress after the offset is introduced must not exceed 4 times the stress in the tube when it is straight.375 in.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.08 = 0. . or distributed in any form or by any means. σ ecc = P Phc + A I σ ecc = 4 σ cen hc 3 = I A or h= P Phc P + =4 A I A 3I (3)(9.2954 ) −3 = 9.5835 × 10 in 4 For centric loading.375 − 0. SOLUTION 1 d = 0.3752 − 0. c= ( ) A = π c 2 − c12 = π (0. Inc. 2 c1 = c − t = 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. σ cen = P A For eccentric loading.168389 in 2 I = π (c 4 4 ) − c14 = π 4 (0. outer diameter and 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.3754 − 0.168389)(0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.375) h = 0. wall thickness.5835 × 10−3 ) = Ac (0.

01312 m σ = P Pec  1 ec  + =  +  P = KP A I I  A K = 1 ec 1 (0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. P = 2.188 × 103 m −2 −6 −12 A I 82.12 mm = 0.27 mm 2 = 82.01312) + = + = 53.01312 m Based on tensile stress at y = −13. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.89 mm to the right of the centroid or 17.54 kN  σ =0 σ = P My P Pey − = − =0 A I A I ey 1 = I A y = I 4195 × 10−12 = = 3. Given: The centroid of the cross section is at C and I z = 4195 mm 4 . Inc. PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. (b) the corresponding location of the neutral axis. SOLUTION (a) A = (3)(18) + π 4 (6)2 = 82. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.01312)(0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4.01 mm to the right of the line of action of the loads. Knowing that the allowable stress is 135 MPa. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher.89 mm  The neutral axis lies 3. or distributed in any form or by any means. reproduced.01312) y = 3.12 mm = −0.89 × 10−3 m −6 Ae (82.113 A steel rod is welded to a steel plate to form the machine element shown. .27 × 10 4195 × 10 P= (b) σ K = 135 × 106 = 2.188 × 10 Location of neutral axis.27 × 10 )(0.27 × 10−6 m 2 I = 4195 mm 4 = 4195 × 10−12 m 4 e = 13.538 × 103 N 3 53. determine (a) the largest force P that can be applied to the element.

5) 2 + (1.+1.6359) + 5 ksi = At E: σ E = + P = 7. SOLUTION Ay (1 × 3)(0.75 in 3 = 1.96 kips ↓  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5 in 2 σ all = +5 ksi σ all = −12 ksi  1  I c =   bh3 + Ad 2  12   1 1 (3)(1)3 + (3 × 1)(1.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved.5 − 1.30) − 7.5) X =  = A (1 × 3) + 2(3 × 0.825 in 4 Downward Force.5 10.5) + 2(3 × 0.825 − 12 = P(−0.700 in. 7.5 in 2 A = 7.5 × 3)(2.5)(3)3 + (1.70 − 0.70 in. A student using this manual is using it without permission. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5466) − 12 ksi = We choose the smaller value. M = P(1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. P = 21. No part of this Manual may be displayed.20 in. Knowing that the allowable stresses in the hanger are σ all = +5 ksi and σ all = −12 ksi . reproduced.25)(2.70) + 7.95 kips ↓ P = 7.86 kips ↓  P Mc − A I P (3.825 + 5 = P(+0. Inc.114 A vertical rod is attached at point A to the cast iron hanger shown.20) P(2.) = (3.70) 2 = 12 12 I c = 10.5 in. determine the largest downward force and the largest upward force that can be exerted by the rod. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5 10.) P At D: σ D = + P Mc + A I P (3. or distributed in any form or by any means. .75)  X = 12.20) P(1.

70) − 7.114 (Continued) Upward Force. M = P(1. .15 kips ↑  P = 9. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.20) P(2.) P At D: σ D = + P Mc − A I P (3.5 in. + 1.5 10.825 +5 = P(+0.5466) +5 ksi = We choose the smaller value. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.30) + 7.) = (3.15 kips ↑  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or distributed in any form or by any means. P = 9.87 kips ↑  P Mc + A I P (3.20 in.6359) −12 ksi = − At E: σ E = + P = 18.5 10.PROBLEM 4.825 −12 = P(−0. reproduced.20) P(1. All rights reserved. Inc. without the prior written permission of the publisher.70 in.

A student using this manual is using it without permission.9 kips ↓ P Mc + A I P (3. + 1.70) − 7.5 in.70 − 0.30 in. . determine the largest downward force and the largest upward force that can be exerted by the rod.5 in 2 σ all = +5 ksi σ all = −12 ksi  1  I c =   bh3 + Ad 2  12   1 1 = (3)(1)3 + (3 × 1)(1.825 +5 = P(+0. SOLUTION Ay (1 × 3)(0.5) + 2(3 × 0.5) 2 + (1.825 in 4 Downward Force.80 in.5 10.114.4634) −12 ksi = + At E: σ E = + P = 25.5 in 2 A = 7.115 Solve Prob. Knowing that the allowable stresses in the hanger are σ all = +5 ksi and σ all = −12 ksi .5 − 1.80) P(2. P = 5.32 kips ↓  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. reproduced.) P At D: σ D = + P Mc − A I P (3.70) 2 12 12 I c = 10. or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher.32 kips ↓  P = 5.80) P(1.75)  X = 12. σ all = +5 ksi σ all = −12 ksi M = (2. 4. assuming that the vertical rod is attached at point B instead of point A. All rights reserved. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.) = (3. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.PROBLEM 4.25)(2.5)(3)3 + (1.75 in 3 = 1.5 10.30) + 7.114 A vertical rod is attached at point A to the cast iron hanger shown.5) = X =  A (1 × 3) + 2(3 × 0.5 × 3)(2.9407) +5 ksi = + We choose the smaller value.825 − 12 = P(−0. Inc.700 in. 7. PROBLEM 4.

9407) −12 ksi = − We choose the smaller value.79 kips ↑  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5 in.79 kips ↑  P Mc − A I P (3. A student using this manual is using it without permission. without the prior written permission of the publisher.30) − 7.30 in. or distributed in any form or by any means.5 10. . P = 12.)P    σ all = −12 ksi  At D: σ D = − P Mc +  A I P (3. + 1.80) P(2.80) P(1.)P = (3.115 (Continued) Upward Force.5 10.4634)  5 ksi = −  At E: σ E = − P = 10.PROBLEM 4.70) + 7. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.80 in. Inc.825 −12 = P(−0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced.825 5 = P(+0.  σ all = +5 ksi  M = (2.76 kips ↑  P = 10. All rights reserved. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

SOLUTION (a) Centric loading: σ =− P A A = (3)(150)(25) = 11. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. for architectural reasons. each of 25 × 150-mm cross section.375 Y = ΣAy 109. Inc.25 × 10−3 m 2 P = −σ A = −(−100 × 106 )(11. reproduced.75 0 0 10.75 87. are welded together to form a short H-shaped column.00 × 103 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.9375 mm ΣA 10. (b) that can be applied to the modified column. or distributed in any form or by any means.116 Three steel plates. All rights reserved.5625  3.9375  2. No part of this Manual may be displayed. 103 mm 2 y . mm A y (103 mm3 )  3.375 × 103 = = 10. A student using this manual is using it without permission.5 328.25 × 103 mm2 = 11.5 −218. Later. a 25-mm strip is removed from each side of one of the flanges. and that the allowable stress is 100 MPa.PROBLEM 4.125 × 106 N (b) P = 1125 kN  Eccentric loading (reduced cross section): A.50 −87. mm 109. determine the largest force P (a) that could be applied to the original column. without the prior written permission of the publisher.00 d .4375 Σ 10.125 76.75 98. Knowing that the load remains centric with respect to the original cross section.25 × 10−3 ) = 1.

Inc.177 × 106 mm 4 12 12 1 1 I2 = b2h23 + A2d 22 = (25) (150)3 + (3.PROBLEM 4.012 × 10−6 m 4 c = 10.012 × 10 P=− σ K =− (−100 × 106 ) = 817 × 103 N 122.9375) 2 = 7. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.480 × 106 mm 4 12 12 1 1 I3 = b3h33 + A3d32 = (100)(25)3 + (2.9375 mm = 0.50 × 103 ) (98. All rights reserved.4375)2 = 24.75 × 103 )(76.9375 + 75 + 25 = 110. A student using this manual is using it without permission.9375 mm from the midpoint of the web. reproduced.5625) 2 = 22.1109375 m M = Pe σ =− K = where e = 10.465 m −2 + = + −6 −3 A I 10.355 × 106 mm 4 12 12 I1 = I = I1 + I 2 + I 3 = 54.00 × 10 54. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.465 P = 817 kN  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. .00 × 10−3 m 2 1 ec 1 (101. 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (150)(25)3 + (3. or distributed in any form or by any means.116 (Continued) The centroid lies 10. without the prior written permission of the publisher.4375 × 10−3 m P Mc P Pec − =− − = − KP A I A I A = 10. No part of this Manual may be displayed.012 × 106 mm 4 = 54.9375 × 10−3 )(0.75 × 103 )(10.1109375) = 122.4375 mm = 10.

Answer: 1. I1 = Ay . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Part A.411 in. reproduced. All rights reserved. A student using this manual is using it without permission.389 in.2)(2.411 = 1.912 ksi  P Pea ea 1 + =0 ∴ = A I I A I 57.867 a = = = 2.587 in 4 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 57. below centroid or 3. No part of this Manual may be displayed.867 A I σ B = −1. Inc. σB = − (c) P Pec A 20 20(1..8 in.867 A I P PecB 20 20(1.2)2 = 21. in. SOLUTION Locate centroid.8 in.PROBLEM 4. σA = − (b) σ A = 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. ΣA 20 1 (2)(4)3 + (8)(1.411 in.867 in 4 (a) Stress at A: c A = 3.2 in.389 in.8 − 2. . (c) the location of the neutral axis. from point A.2)(3. determine (a) the stress at point A. Knowing that y = 5 in.  12 5  8 2 Σ 20 Eccentricity of load: e = 5 − 3. in 3 60 16 76 1 (6)(2)3 + (12)(1.117 A vertical force P of magnitude 20 kips is applied at point C located on the axis of symmetry of the cross section of a short column.8 = 1.576 ksi  Stress at B: cB = 6 − 3.8) 2 = 36. Ae (20)(1.2) + =− − 20 57.28 in 4 12 y = I2 = ΣAy 76 = = 3. above point A.8) + =− + 20 57. or distributed in any form or by any means.2 in.2) Location of neutral axis: σ = 0 σ =− Neutral axis lies 2. (b) the stress at point B. in 2 y .8 = 2.

σA = − e= P Pec A + =0 A I ∴ ec A 1 = I A I 57. Ac A (20)(3. in 3 5 2 60 16 76 y = ΣAi yi 76 = = 3. < y < 4.867 e=− =− = −1.485 in. A.8 in. All rights reserved. AcB (20)(2.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.118 A vertical force P is applied at point C located on the axis of symmetry of the cross section of a short column.8 in. Answer: 2.8 = 2.2 in.315 + 3.561 in.587 in 4 12 I2 = I = I1 + I 2 = 57.761 in.8 = 4. SOLUTION Locate centroid.8) y = 0.2) σB = − y = −1. . Determine the range of values of y for which tensile stresses do not occur in the column. If stress at B equa ls zero. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. I1 = y .867 in 4 If stress at A equa ls zero.8 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. in. P PecB ecB 1 − =0 ∴ =− A I I A I 57.315 in. c A = 3.867 = = 0.8)2 = 36.8 = 2. 1 (6)(2)3 + (12)(1. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission. cB = 6 − 3. Ay .2)2 = 21. ΣAi 20 y = e + 3.561 in.8 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.761 + 3.28 in 4 12 1 (2)(4)3 + (8)(1. in 2   Σ Eccentricity of load: 12 8 20 e = y − 3.485 in. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

Inc.086) 2 = 2. (c) the location of the neutral axis of section a − a. reproduced. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.914)2 = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) the stress at point B.086 mm 80 + 4π A c A = 20 − y = 8. A student using this manual is using it without permission.566 mm 2 = 92.613 × 103 mm 4 I = I1 + I 2 = 3.374 × 103 mm 4 = 3.566 × 10−6 m 2 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.119 Knowing that the clamp shown has been tightened until P = 400 N. All rights reserved.086 mm d 2 = 18 − 11.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed. . SOLUTION Cross section: Rectangle  + Circle  A1 = (20 mm)(4 mm) = 80 mm 2 y1 = 1 (20 mm) = 10 mm 2 A2 = π (2 mm)2 = 4π mm 2 y2 = 20 − 2 = 18 mm Ay (80)(10) + (4π )(18) cB = y =  = = 11.914 mm d1 = 11.086 = 6. without the prior written permission of the publisher.086 − 10 = 1.914 mm I1 = I1 + A1d12 = I 2 = I 2 + A2d 22 = 1 (4)(20)3 + (80)(1.374 × 10−9 m 4 A = A1 + A2 = 92.761 × 103 mm 4 12 π 4 (2) 4 + (4π )(6. determine (a) the stress at point A.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Inc.914 = 40.321 × 106 + 43.119 (Continued) e = 32 + 8. or distributed in any form or by any means.566 × 10 3.4 MPa By proportions.374 × 10−9 = 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher.086) − = − A I 92.321 × 106 − 53.3656)(8. All rights reserved.040914 m M = Pe = (400 N)(0.3656)(11.914 × 10−3 ) + = + −6 A I 92.566 × 10−6 3.80 mm 9.55 × 106 Pa (b) Point B: σB = P Mc 400 (16.PROBLEM 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission.23 × 106 = 47.45 a = 9.3656 N ⋅ m (a) Point A: σA = P Mc 400 (16.6 MPa Neutral axis: σ B = −49. No part of this Manual may be displayed. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.80 mm below top of section PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.45 × 106 Pa (c) σ A = 47.374 × 10−9 = 4. a 20 = 47.55 + 49.55 47.72 × 106 = −49.914 mm = 0.040914 m) = 16. reproduced.

σB = − P PecB P  AecB  + =  − 1 A I A I  1 4 1 1  2  A1 = a . show that (a) the maximum compressive stresses are in the ratio 4:5:7:9. For the given loadings.) SOLUTION Stresses: At A. I 2 = c4 . without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc. (Note: the cross section of the triangular bar is an equilateral triangle. I1 = 12 a . e = 2 a     1  1   (a 2 )  a  a     P  2  2   σ A = − 1 + 1 2   A  a    12      2  1  1     (a )  a  a    2  2  − 1 σ = P   B A 1 2  a    12    a π  2 2 .PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. A student using this manual is using it without permission.120 The four bars shown have the same cross-sectional area. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means. σA = − Aec A  P Pec A P − = − 1 + A I A I  At B. (b) the maximum tensile stresses are in the ratio 2:3:5:3. c A = cB = 2 a. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. e = c  A2 = π c = a ∴ c = 4 π      P  (π c 2 )(c)(c)  σ A = − 1 +   π 4 A2   c   4        P  (π c 2 )(c)(c)  σ B = − 1  π 4 A2    c   4   σ A = −4 P  A1 σB = 2 P  A1 σ A = −5 P  A2 σB = 3 P  A2 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed.

or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means.120 (Continued)  2 1 2 a I3 = a4 e = c  A3 = a c = 2 12     2  2    a  a   ( a 2 )  2  2    P   σ A = − 1 +  1 4 A3  a   12          2  2    a   ( a 2 )   2 a    2  P   −1 σ B =  1 4 A3   a    12      σ A = −7 P  A3  σB = 5 P  A3   3 2   s  s   s       P   4  3  3    σ A = − 1 +  A4 3 4   s   96   σ A = −9 P  A4   3 2   s  s   s       P   4  3  2 3    σB =  − 1 A4 3 4   s   96   σB = 3 P  A4 A4 = 1  3  3 2 (s)  s = s 2  2  4 3 1  3  3 4 I4 = s s = s   36  2  96 cA = 2 3 s =e s= 3 2 3 cB = s PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher. . No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced.

σ = Eε = (200 × 109 )(450 × 10−6 ) = 90 × 106 Pa A = (40)(40) = 1600 mm 2 = 1600 × 10−6 m 2 1 (40)(40)3 = 213. determine the magnitude P of the forces.00 × 103 m −2 −6 A I 1600 × 10 213. or distributed in any form or by any means.00 × 103 N 10.33 × 10−9 P= σ K = 90 × 106 = 9.121 The C-shaped steel bar is used as a dynamometer to determine the magnitude P of the forces shown.33 × 103 mm 4 = 213.020 m σ = P Mc P Pec + = + = KP A I A I K = 1 ec 1 (0.100 m I = c = 20 mm = 0.00 × 103 P = 9. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed. .00 kN  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Knowing that the cross section of the bar is a square of side 40 mm and that strain on the inner edge was measured and found to be 450 μ. Use E = 200 GPa.020) + = + = 10. without the prior written permission of the publisher.33 × 10−9 m 4 12 e = 80 + 20 = 100 mm = 0. reproduced.PROBLEM 4. SOLUTION At the strain gage location. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.100)(0. Inc.

Inc.045 y A − yB Multiplying (2) by y A and (1) by yB and subtracting. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or distributed in any form or by any means. determine (a) the distance d.045 y A − yB M = − Pd ∴ d = − −2835 M =− = 0. reproduced.030 m I= Stresses from strain gages at A and B: σ A = Eε A = (200 × 109 )(350 × 10−6 ) = 70 × 106 Pa σ B = Eε B = (200 × 109 )( −70 × 10−6 ) = −14 × 106 Pa Subtracting.122 An eccentric force P is applied as shown to a steel bar of 25 × 90-mm cross section. P= (a) (b) y Aσ B − yBσ A = ( y A − yB ) P A A( y Aσ B − yBσ A ) (2.0 mm  P = 94.PROBLEM 4.25 × 10−3 m 2 h = 15 + 45 + 30 = 90 mm b = 25 mm c= 1 3 1 bh = (25)(90)3 = 1. .030 m P 94. without the prior written permission of the publisher. SOLUTION 1 h = 45 mm = 0.015)(−14 × 106 ) − (−0.51875 × 106 mm 4 = 1.25 × 103 mm 2 = 2. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (b) the magnitude of the force P. The strains at A and B have been measured and found to be ε A = +350 μ ε B = −70 μ Knowing that E = 200 GPa. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.030)(70 × 106 )] = = 94.5 kN  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved.045 m 2 A = bh − (25)(90) = 2.5 × 103 d = 30.51875 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 y A = 60 − 45 = 15 mm = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.51875 × 10−6 )(84 × 106 ) =− = −2835 N ⋅ m 0.015 m yB = 15 − 45 = −30 mm = −0.25 × 10−3 )[(0.5 × 103 N 0. σA −σB = − M =− σA = P MyA − A I (1) σB = P MyB − A I (2) M ( y A − yB ) I I (σ A − σ B ) (1.

assuming that the measured strains are ε A = +600 μ ε B = +420 μ PROBLEM 4.030)(120 × 106 )] = = 243 × 103 N y A − yB 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.25 × 10−3 )[(0. Inc. . A student using this manual is using it without permission. without the prior written permission of the publisher.51875 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 y A = 60 − 45 = 15 mm = 0. The strains at A and B have been measured and found to be ε A = +350μ ε B = −70 μ Knowing that E = 200 GPa.25 × 10−3 m 2 h = 15 + 45 + 30 = 90 mm b = 25 mm c= 1 3 1 bh = (25)(90)3 = 1. σA = P My A − A I (1) σB = P MyB − A I (2) σA −σB = − M =− M ( y A − yB ) I I (σ A − σ B ) (1.51875 × 10−6 )(36 × 106 ) =− = −1215 N ⋅ m 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed.51875 × 106 mm 4 = 1.00 mm  P = 243 kN  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.045 M = − Pd (a) (b) ∴ d =− −1215 M =− = 5 × 10−3 m 3 P 243 × 10 d = 5. SOLUTION 1 h = 45 mm = 0.123 Solve Prob. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.030 m I= Stresses from strain gages at A and B: σ A = Eε A = (200 × 109 )(600 × 10−6 ) = 120 × 106 Pa σ B = Eε B = (200 × 109 )(420 × 10−6 ) = 84 × 106 Pa Subtracting.045 y A − yB Multiplying (2) by y A and (1) by yB and subtracting.25 × 103 mm 2 = 2. P= y Aσ B − yBσ A = ( y A − yB ) P A A( y Aσ B − yBσ A ) (2.015 m yB = 15 − 45 = −30 mm = −0.015)(84 × 106 ) − ( −0. reproduced.122 An eccentric force P is applied as shown to a steel bar of 25 × 90-mm cross section. (b) the magnitude of the force P. 4.PROBLEM 4. determine (a) the distance d.122.045 m 2 A = bh = (25)(90) = 2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved.

without the prior written permission of the publisher.2 kips ↓  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL./in. reproduced./in.2 kips P = 25. (4. The strains at two points A and B on the centerline of the outer faces of the flanges have been measured and found to be ε A = −550 × 10−6 in.95 ksi = −17.835 ksi − Solve simultaneously.) = −17. All rights reserved. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.)( P − Q) ./in. or distributed in any form or by any means.7 kips ↓  Q = 87. Knowing that E = 29 × 106 psi.)( P − Q) At point C: σC = − P+Q P+Q . 1 1 (ε A + ε B ) = (−550 − 680)10−6 = −615 × 10−6 in./in.5 in 3 M = (4.935 ksi A = 9.95 ksi σ C = Eε C = (29 × 106 psi)(−615 × 10−6 in./in.13 in 2 P + Q = 162. − 17.) = −15. 27.PROBLEM 4. determine the magnitude of each load. Inc.83 kips (1) At point A: σA = − P+Q M − A S −15.835 ksi = − A 9. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. SOLUTION Strains: ε A = −550 × 10−6 in. A student using this manual is using it without permission. ε B = −680 × 10−6 in.13 in 2 W8 × 31 S = 27./in.7 kips Q = 87. No part of this Manual may be displayed.5 in 3 P − Q = −11.124 A short length of a W8 × 31 rolled-steel shape supports a rigid plate on which two loads P and Q are applied as shown. 2 2 σ A = Eε A = (29 × 106 psi)(−550 × 10−6 in.5 in.5 in.52 kips (2) P = 25. ./in. εC = Stresses: ε B = −680 × 10−6 in.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5 in. ε B = −680 × 10−6 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc.0175 ksi At point C: σC = − P+Q P+Q . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0 kips  P = 5.124.124.015 ksi = −6.5 × 10−6 in.) = +1.PROBLEM 4. PROBLEM 4. − 6.98 kips (2) Solve simultaneously.)( P − Q) 27. 4. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION See solution and figures of Prob. 1 1 (ε A + ε B ) = (35 − 450)10−6 in./in.) = −6./in.5 × 10−6 in.0 kips ↓  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL./in. assuming that the measured strains are ε A = +35 × 10−6 in. Knowing that E = 29 × 106 psi. No part of this Manual may be displayed. ε B = −450 × 10−6 in. reproduced.13 in 2 P + Q = 54. P = 5. = −207. 4./in./in./in./in. εC = ε B = −450 × 10−6 in. A student using this manual is using it without permission.94 kips (1) At point A: σA = − P+Q M − A S +1.0175 ksi = − A 9.015 ksi σ C = Eε C = (29 × 106 psi)(−207.124 A short length of a W8 × 31 rolled-steel shape supports a rigid plate on which two loads P and Q are applied as shown. The strains at two points A and B on the centerline of the outer faces of the flanges have been measured and found to be ε A = −550 × 10−6 in.125 Solve Prob.0175 − (4. determine the magnitude of each load. All rights reserved./in.5 in 3 P − Q = −42..98 kips Q = 49./in. .98 kips ↓  Q = 49. ε A = +35 × 10−6 in. 2 2 Stresses: σ A = Eε A = (29 × 106 psi)(+35 × 10−6 in./in.

SOLUTION 1 bd 3 12 1 1 c= d e= d −a 2 2 P Pec σA = + A I  1 1  P  1 12 2 d − a 2 d  P  4 6a  σA =  + =  − 2 b d d3  b d d    A = bd I= ( (a) )( ) Depth d for maximum σ A : Differentiate with respect to d. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (b) the corresponding stress at point A. .PROBLEM 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means. For P = 60 kN. All rights reserved. reproduced. determine (a) the depth d of the bar for which the tensile stress at point A is maximum. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. No part of this Manual may be displayed. which must be located 25 mm below the top surface of the steel bar shown. dσ A P  4 12a  = − 2 + 3  = 0 dd b d d  (b) σA = 60 × 103 40 × 10−3 4 (6)(25 × 10−3 )   6 −   = 40 × 10 Pa −3 (75 × 10−3 ) 2   75 × 10 d = 3a d = 75 mm  σ A = 40 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.126 The eccentric axial force P acts at point D. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

51)(−0.80 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.6667 × 10−6 4. All rights reserved.51)(0.80 MPa  σ B = 0. reproduced. (c) point D.80 × 106 Pa (b) σB = − M z yB M y z B (216.050) (−125)(−0.2667 × 106 mm 4 = 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher.050) ( −125)(0.050) (−125)(0.2667 × 10−6 = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.2667 × 10−6 = −2.127 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical. .452 × 103 Pa (c) σD = − σ A = −2. (b) point B. Determine the stress at (a) point A. or distributed in any form or by any means.PROBLEM 4.6667 × 106 mm 4 = 6.040) + =− + Iz Iy 6.2667 × 10−6 m 4 12 y A = − yB = − yD = 50 mm Iz = z A = z B = − z D = 40 mm M y = −250 sin 30° = −125 N ⋅ m M z = 250 cos 30° = 216.6667 × 10−6 4. SOLUTION 1 (80)(100)3 = 6.80 × 106 Pa σ D = 2.452 MPa  M z yD M y z D (216.040) + =− + Iz Iy 6.2667 × 10−6 = 2.6667 × 10−6 4.51)(−0.040) + =− + Iz Iy 6.6667 × 10−6 m 4 12 1 I y = (100)(80)3 = 4.51 N ⋅ m (a) σA = − M z yA M y zA (216. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Inc.

(b) point B. No part of this Manual may be displayed. reproduced.81 N ⋅ m (a) σA = − M z = 300sin 30° = 150 N ⋅ m M z yA M y zA (150)(16 × 10−3 ) (259.45 × 10−9 m 4 12 1 I y = (32)(80)3 = 1.60 × 106 Pa (c) σD = − σ A = −3. without the prior written permission of the publisher.45 × 10−9 1. All rights reserved.PROBLEM 4. Inc.45 × 10−9 1. or distributed in any form or by any means. .37 MPa  σ B = −18. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (c) point D.60 MPa  M z yD M y z D (150)(−16 × 10−3 ) (259.45 × 103 mm 4 = 218.37 × 106 Pa (b) σB = − M z yB M y z B (150)(16 × 10−3 ) (259.36533 × 10−6 = −18.45 × 10−9 1.36533 × 10−6 = 3.128 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.36533 × 106 mm 4 = 1.81)(40 × 10−3 ) + =− + Iz Iy 218.37 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.37 × 106 Pa σ D = 3.81)(−40 × 10−3 ) + =− + Iz Iy 218. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Determine the stress at (a) point A.36533 × 10−6 m 4 12 y A = yB = − yD = 16 mm Iz = z A = − z B = − z D = 40 mm M y = 300 cos 30° = 259. SOLUTION 1 (80)(32)3 = 218.36533 × 10−6 = −3.81)(−40 × 10−3 ) + =− + Iz Iy 218.

(c) point D.5) 2  = 459. .567)(3) (45.429 459.16 in 4 12 4   M z yA M y zA ( −38.429 459. Inc.1479 (c) σD = − σ A = 1. (a) σA = − Iz = 1 π  (10)(6)3 − 2  (1)2  = 178.963)(−5) + =− + 178.149 ksi σ D = −1.16 Iz Iy = 0. (b) point B.567 kip ⋅ in M y = 60 cos 40° = 45.567)(3) (45. without the prior written permission of the publisher.16 Iz Iy = 1.129 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical.567)(−3) (45. SOLUTION M z = −60 sin 40° = −38. Determine the stress at (a) point A.149 ksi (b) σB = − M z yB M y z B (−38.149 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.963)(5) + =− + 178. No part of this Manual may be displayed.963)(−5) + =− + 178.429 in 4 12 4   Iy = 1 π  (6)(10)3 − 2  (1)4 + π (1)2 (2. All rights reserved.963 kip ⋅ in y A = yB = − yD = 3 in.PROBLEM 4. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.429 459. z A = − z B = − z D = 5 in.1479 ksi  M z yD M y z D (−38. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means.149 ksi  σ B = 0.16 Iz Iy = −1.

4202 kip ⋅ in (a) σA = − M z yA M y zA (9. SOLUTION Locate centroid.107 ksi  (c) σD = − M z yD M y z D (9..427 ksi  σ A = 0.. without the prior written permission of the publisher.3969 kip ⋅ in M y = 10 sin 20° = 3. (c) point D.3969)( −1) (3.4202)(0) + =− + 88 64 Iz Iy σ D = 0.4202)(−4) + =− + 88 64 Iz Iy (b) σB = − M z yB M y z B (9. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Iz = z A = z B = −4 in. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or distributed in any form or by any means. in. zD = 0 M z = 10 cos 20° = 9. reproduced. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.4202)(−4) + =− + 88 64 Iz Iy σ B = −0. A. in 3  16 −1 −16  8 2 16 Σ 24 0 The centroid lies at point C. . Determine the stress at (a) point A.130 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical. Az . yD = −4 in.321 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.3969)(−4) (3. All rights reserved.PROBLEM 4. 1 1 (2)(8)3 + (4)(2)3 = 88 in 4 12 12 1 1 I y = (8)(2)3 + (2)(4)3 = 64 in 4 3 3 y A = − yB = 1 in.3969)(1) (3. in 2 z . Inc. (b) point B. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

(b) point B.100 m) − 5.04 × 106 mm 4 12 12 −6 4 I y = 5. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.072 MPa (b) σB = (6.8 MPa  (6.4705 kN ⋅ m M z = 25cos15° = 24.015 m) (24. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.3 MPa  σ B = −144.4705 kN ⋅ m)( −0.148 kN ⋅ m)( −0.045 m) (24.148 kN ⋅ m)(0.131 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION M y = 25sin 15° = 6.9 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.4705 kN ⋅ m)(−0.04 × 10−6 m 4 16.257 MPa + 145.060 m) − 5.060 m) − 5.64 × 10−6 m 4 = 57.772 MPa − 87.045 m) (24.772 MPa − 87.04 × 10−6 m 4 16. No part of this Manual may be displayed.12 MPa σ D = −125.072 MPa (c) σD = σ A = −29. All rights reserved.148 kN ⋅ m 1 1 (80)(90)3 + (80)(30)3 = 5.04 × 10−6 m 4 16. (c) point D.64 × 10−6 m 4 3 3 3 Stress: (a) σA = σ = M yz Iy − Mzy Iz (6.04 × 10 m Iy = 1 1 1 I z = (90)(60)3 + (60)(20)3 + (30)(100)3 = 16.64 × 10−6 m 4 = −57.64 × 106 mm 4 = 16. Inc. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission. without the prior written permission of the publisher.64 × 10−6 m 4 = −19.PROBLEM 4. .148 kN ⋅ m)(0.4705 kN ⋅ m)(0. Determine the stress at (a) point A.

02025 in 4 12 Iz = Web: I z = (2)(90.16 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.333) + 0.132 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical.333 in 4 12 1 (0.89 in 4 Total: I y = (2)(21.687 Iz Iy (b) σB = − M z yB M y z B (216. (c) point D.5)3 + (8)(0. All rights reserved.3)3 = 0.51 kip ⋅ in M y = −250 sin 30° = −125 kip ⋅ in (a) σA = − M z yA M y zA (216.333) + 18.225 = 198. z A = − z B = − zC = 4 in. reproduced. (b) point B. A student using this manual is using it without permission. without the prior written permission of the publisher.687 Iz Iy σ A = −17. or distributed in any form or by any means.27 ksi  σ D = 17. Inc. Determine the stress at (a) point A. .89 42. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.75) 2 12 = 90.51)( −5) ( −125)(−4) + =− + 198.51)(5) (−125)(−4) + =− + 198. M z = 250 cos 30° = 216.16 ksi  σ B = 6.5)(4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.PROBLEM 4.5)(8)3 = 21.89 42.225 in 4 12 1 I y = (9)(0.333 in 4 Iz = Iy = 1 (0.687 Iz Iy (c) σD = − M z yD M y z D (216. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.3)(9)3 = 18. SOLUTION Flange: 1 (8)(0.687 in 4 y A = yB = − yD = 5 in.89 42.02025 = 42.51)(5) (−125)(4) + =− + 198.

Iz = z A = − z B = − z D = 2. No part of this Manual may be displayed.5851 Iz Iy σ A = 7.1643 13.444)(−2. Inc.2 in.4 in.444)(−2. or distributed in any form or by any means.2) (72.5851 Iz Iy σ D = −7.8)(2.20 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. M z = 75sin15° = 19.PROBLEM 4.4)3 − (4)(1.444)(2.4114 kip ⋅ in M y = 75cos15° = 72.4) + =− + 4. Determine the stress at (a) point A.4) + =− + 4.5851 in 4 12 12 y A = yB = − yD = 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher.4114)(1.39 ksi  (c) σD = − M z yD M y z D (19.4114)(−1.4) + =− + 4. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.1643 13.8)3 − (1. A student using this manual is using it without permission.6)3 = 4. SOLUTION 1 1 (4. (c) point D.20 ksi  (b) σB = − M z yB M y z B (19.5851 Iz Iy σ B = −18.4)(4. .133 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical.2) (72. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.4114)(1. All rights reserved. (b) point B.444 kip ⋅ in (a) σA = − M z yA M y zA (19.2) (72.6)(4)3 = 13.1643 13.1643 in 4 12 12 1 1 I y = (2.

832 × 10−9 m 4 4r (4)(20) =− = −8. (c) point D. A student using this manual is using it without permission.832 × 10−9 = −56. SOLUTION π 2 8  4  π  4r   π I z = r −  r 2   = − r 8  2  3π   8 9π  4 = (0. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.5117 × 10 ) (50)(0) M z yB M y z B + =− + −9 Iz Iy 17.603)(11.832 × 10−9 = 25.832 × 10−9 = 57.8 × 106 Pa (b) σB = − σ A = 57.8 × 106 Pa (c) σD = − σ B = −56. No part of this Manual may be displayed.5611 × 10−9 m 4 Iy = π 8 r4 = π (20)4 8 = 62.9 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5611 × 10−3 mm 4 = 17. (b) point B. without the prior written permission of the publisher.4883 × 10−3 ) (50)(20 × 10−3 ) M z yA M y z A + =− + Iz Iy 17.4883 mm 3π 3π yB = 20 − 8. All rights reserved.5611 × 10−9 62. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.4883 × 10 ) (50)(−20 × 10 ) M z yD M y z D + =− + Iz Iy 17. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.109757)(20) 4 = 17.4883 = 11.5117 mm y A = yD = − z A = − z D = 20 mm zB = 0 M z = 100 cos 30° = 86. reproduced. Determine the stress at (a) point A.PROBLEM 4.603 N ⋅ m M y = 100sin 30° = 50 N ⋅ m (a) σA = − (86.832 × 10−3 mm 4 = 62.603)(−8.5611 × 10 62.134 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane forming an angle β with the vertical.9 × 106 Pa σ D =25.603)(−8.8 MPa  −3 3 (86.5611 × 10−9 62.8 MPa  −3 (86. .

4 × 10−3 ) (486. A student using this manual is using it without permission.538 × 10−6 13.4 × 10−6 m 4 zE = zD = − z A = − zB = yD = yB = −14. No part of this Manual may be displayed.007079 13.6 mm M z = (2. Inc. σD = − M z yD M y z D (2.4 × 10−6 = 73. SOLUTION For C 200 × 17.807 × 106 + 3.7575 × 103 )(−14.4056° α = 10° − 0.5 mm 2 yE = y A = 57 − 14.5 × 106 Pa σ D = 77.59°  Maximum tensile stress occurs at point D.538 tan θ = tan10° = 0.8 × 103 ) cos 10° = 2.1 rolled steel shape. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.4056° (b) α = 9.135 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown.682 × 106 = 77. tan ϕ = Iz 0.21)(0.4 mm 1 (203) = 101.538 × 106 mm 4 = 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.538 × 10−6 m 4 I y = 13.4 × 106 mm 4 = 13. I z = 0.21 N ⋅ m (a) Angle of neutral axis. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.4 Iy ϕ = 0.PROBLEM 4. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means.4 = 42.8 × 103 ) sin 10° = 486.7575 × 103 N ⋅ m M y = (2. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal. . (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam.1015) + =− + Iz Iy 0.5 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.

27 × 10−6 = 75. σE = − =− M z yE M y z E + Iz Iy (15.1 × 10−6 m 4 I y = 7. No part of this Manual may be displayed.1 × 106 mm 4 = 85.1 × 10−6 tan θ = tan15° = 3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.7 rolled steel shape.27 × 10−6 m 4 1 y A = yB = − yD = − yE =   (310) = 155 mm 2 1 z A = z E = − z B = − z D =   (165) = 82. Inc.1365 Iy 7.455 × 103 N ⋅ m M y = (16 × 103 ) sin 15° = 4. .1 × 106 Pa σ E = 75. tan ϕ = Iz 85. SOLUTION For W 310 × 38.3°  Maximum tensile stress occurs at point E.27 × 10−6 ϕ = 72. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission.3° α = 72.455 × 103 )(−155 × 10−3 ) (4.3° − 15° (b) α = 57. All rights reserved.136 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown.5 × 10−3 ) + 85.PROBLEM 4. I z = 85.1411 × 103 )(82.1 × 10−6 7.27 × 106 mm 4 = 7.1411 × 103 N ⋅ m (a) Angle of neutral axis.1 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam. or distributed in any form or by any means.5 mm 2 M z = (16 × 103 ) cos 15° = 15.

141 in.6066)(−0. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. . without the prior written permission of the publisher.141) + =− + 21. σD = − M z yD M y z D (10. All rights reserved. (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam. tan ϕ = I z′ 21.5° α = 72.4 in 4 I y′ = 6.859 in.07 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.25) (−10. No part of this Manual may be displayed. = −3.6066 kip ⋅ in M z′ = 15 cos 45° = 10.5° − 45° α = 27. Inc. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal.12391 + 4.1751 6. yD′ = −0. y A = −4 in. yB′ = 4 in.4 tan θ = tan (−45°) = 3. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION I z′ = 21.9429 σ D = 5. z D′ = −4 + 0.859 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.74 I y′ ϕ = −72.137 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown.6066 kip ⋅ in (a) Angle of neutral axis.6066)(−3.74 Iz Iy = 0.4 6. reproduced.PROBLEM 4.5°     (b) The maximum tensile stress occurs at point D. M y′ = −15 sin 45° = −10.25 in.74 in 4 z ′A = z B′ = 0.

41)(−18.2 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed.79 × 106 = 54. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.97° α = 30° − 19.138 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means.9 × 103 mm 4 = 176. without the prior written permission of the publisher.36 × 106 + 17. z E = 25 mm M z ′ = 400 cos 30° = 346. reproduced.57 mm.PROBLEM 4.36346 I y′ 281 × 10−9 ϕ = 19.2 × 106 Pa σ E = 54. Inc. (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam.9 × 10−9 tan θ = ⋅ tan 30° = 0. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal. .03°  Maximum tensile stress occurs at point E. SOLUTION I z′ = 176. σE = − M y ′ z′E (346.9 × 10−9 m 4 I y′ = 281 × 103 mm 4 = 281 × 10−9 m 4 y′E = −18. All rights reserved.57 × 10−3 ) (200)(25 × 10−3 ) M z′ y′E + =− + I z′ I y′ 176. A student using this manual is using it without permission.9 × 10−9 281 × 10−9 = 36.97° (b) α = 10.41 N ⋅ m M y′ = 400sin 30° = 200 N ⋅ m (a) tan ϕ = I z′ 176.

.807 kip ⋅ in)(−1.807 kip ⋅ in Moments of inertia: 1 1 (2.4)3 + (2)(1.PROBLEM 4.582 ksi = 15. Inc.987 in 4 = 1.3° (b)  Maximum tensile stress at D: y′D = −1. (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam. reproduced. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal.987 in 4 tan θ = tan(−15°) = −0.6)3 = 2. − (−9.2 in.267 in 4 2. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION Bending moments: M y′ = −35sin15° = −9.) M z ′ y′D = − I z′ 12.73° α = 15° − φ = 15° − 3.059 kip ⋅ in M z ′ = −35cos15° = 33.06 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.) (33. σD = M y′ z D I y′ z′D = −2 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.059 ksi σ D = 15.987 in 4 = 12 12 I y′ = I z′ (a) Neutral axis: tan φ = I z′ 2. A student using this manual is using it without permission.477 ksi + 13.06525 I y′ 12.73° = 11. without the prior written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.267 in 4 φ = 3. No part of this Manual may be displayed.4)(2)3 = 12.2 in.4)(4)3 − (2 × 0.267 in 4 12 12 1 1 (2)(2.27° α = 11. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.059 kip ⋅ in)(−2 in.139 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown.

(b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.77 × 10−9 = 61. A student using this manual is using it without permission. tan ϕ = I z′ I y′ tan θ = 53. reproduced.77 × 10−9 ϕ = 52.77 × 103 mm 4 = 14.010) + 53.016 m z E = 10 mm = 0.140 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown.016) (41. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.6 × 10−9 14.042 N ⋅ m (a) Angle of neutral axis.448 × 106 Pa σ E = 61. .871° α = 52.4 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc.6 × 103 mm 4 = 53.871° − 20° (b) α = 32.6 × 10−9 tan 20° = 1.PROBLEM 4. yE′ = −16 mm = −0.32084 14. without the prior written permission of the publisher.010 m M y ′ M y′ z E′ σ E = − z′ E + I z′ I y′ =− (112. θ = 20°.763)(−0.77 × 10−9 m 4 M z′ = 120 sin 70° = 112. All rights reserved.042)(0.9°  The maximum tensile stress occurs at point E.763 N ⋅ m M y′ = 120 cos 70° = 41. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal. SOLUTION I z′ = 53. or distributed in any form or by any means. No part of this Manual may be displayed.6 × 10−9 m 4 I y′ = 14.

141 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.2)3 + (2.2)(1. A student using this manual is using it without permission. 0) PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.766 in 4 ) Z : (199. . − 49. No part of this Manual may be displayed.710 in 4 .766 in 4 Using Mohr’s circle determine the principal axes and principal moments of inertia. Y : (66. 49. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4.355 in 4 . or distributed in any form or by any means.4)3  = 66. Determine the stress at point A.2)(1.2)(2.066 in 4 . reproduced.066 in 4 12  I yz = 2 {(2.4)(7.2)(1.766 in 4 ) E : (132. Inc. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.355 in 4 3  1  I z = 2  (2.4)(7. SOLUTION 1  I y = 2  (7.2) 2  = 199.2)} = 49.4)(7.

32 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.355 2θ m = 36. A student using this manual is using it without permission.7589 in.766 in 4 I v = 132.585)(5. No part of this Manual may be displayed.529 kip ⋅ in M v = 125cos18.710 + 82.944 = 49.4 sin 18.87° θ m = 18.8 cos 18.944 in 4 I u = 132. or distributed in any form or by any means.PROBLEM 4.944 = 215.3126) (39.435° = 5. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.585 kip ⋅ in u A = 4. All rights reserved.8 sin 18.435° = 118. Inc.435° = 39.4 cos 18. M u Mν σA = − ν A + u A Iν =− Iu (118.32 ksi σ A = −2.766 = DE 66. ν A = −4.141 (Continued) DY 49. reproduced.435° = 0.435° + 2.435° + 2.435° tan 2θ m = 2 2 R = DE + DY = 82.7589) + 215. without the prior written permission of the publisher.654 in 4 M u = 125sin18.766 = −2.3126 in.529)(0. .710 − 82.654 49. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

92 sin 23.14 Iv Iu σ A = 10.0506 EF 7. No part of this Manual may be displayed. All rights reserved.2° = 55.03) (23.142 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.14 in 4 M u = M sin θ m = (60) sin 23.15 kip ⋅ in u A = y A cos θ m + z A sin θ m = −3. v A = z A cos θ m − y A sin θ m = −1. σA = − M vu A M u vA (55.552 in.7.6 + 11.46 = 5.92cos 23.2° + 3.9 in 4 FZ = 8.06 5.06 in 4 tan 2θ m = θ m = 23. 0) in 4 EF = 7.2° I u = 16. .46 in 4 FZ 8.6 − 11. or distributed in any form or by any means.6. Y : (8.64 kip ⋅ in M v = M cos θ m = (60) cos 23.552) + + =− 28.08cos 23.3) in 4 Z : (24. Inc.5.3 = = 1.2° = −4.3) in 4 E : (16. SOLUTION Using Mohr’s circle determine the principal axes and principal moments of inertia. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.3 in 4 R = 7.2° = 0.92 + 8.03 in.08 sin 23.15)( −4.32 = 11. 8.9 I v = 16. reproduced.2° = 23.PROBLEM 4. − 8.64)(0. Determine the stress at point A.46 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.46 = 28.2° − 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher.

254 + 1. No part of this Manual may be displayed.05 mm σA = − M vu A M u vA (1.0245 × 106 mm 4 I v = (1.67° = = 1.67° = −0. 0.894. SOLUTION Using Mohr’s circle determine the principal axes and principal moments of inertia.800) × 106 mm 4 Z : (0.67° − 45 sin 25.6402 + 0.67° = 21. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.800 × 106 θ m = 25.8002 × 10−6 = 1.254 − 1. or distributed in any form or by any means.0816 × 103 N ⋅ m tan 2θ m = M u = − M sin θ m = −(1.25 FE 0.5198 × 103 )(60.143 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam oriented as shown.254. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.67° = 60. All rights reserved.2295 × 106 mm 4 = 0.2785 × 106 mm 4 = 2.2295 × 10−6 m 4 I u = (1.0245) × 106 mm 4 = 2.07 mm v A = z A cos θ m + y A sin θ m = 45 cos 25.640 × 106 M v = M cos θ m = (1.07 × 10−3 ) (−0.0 × 106 Pa σ A = 113.2785 × 10−6 m 4 FZ 0.2 × 103 ) cos 25.0245) × 106 mm 4 = 0. 0) × 106 mm 4 2 2 R = EF + FZ = 0.2 × 103 ) sin 25.800) × 106 mm 4 E : (1. Inc.5198 × 103 N ⋅ m u A = y A cos θ m − z A sin θ m = 45 cos 25.PROBLEM 4. 0.0816 × 103 )(21. reproduced. Y : (1.67° + 45 sin 25. without the prior written permission of the publisher.2295 × 10−6 2.67° = 1.05 × 10−3 ) =− + + Iu Iv 0. Determine the stress at point A. A student using this manual is using it without permission.614.2785 × 10−6 = 113.

For the loading given. determine (a) the stress at points A and B. (b) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ABD.224 × 103 mm 2 = 4.8283 × 10−6 3.2781 × 103 mm 4 = 3. 0= yH = ?.51 + 62.2781 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 A = (75)(125) − (51)(101) = 4.5 mm)(28 kN) = 2625 N ⋅ m M y = −(37. SOLUTION Add y.5 mm)(28kN) + (62.51 mm yH = Iz Mz 31. No part of this Manual may be displayed.0625) (−525)(0.224 × 10 7. σ H = 0 P M z yH M y z H − + A Iz Iy  P Mz H  7.0375 m. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0625) (−525)(0.5 mm)(14 kN) + (37.and z-axes as shown.39 × 106 Pa (b) σ B = −10.144 The tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 12 mm.0375) P M z yB M y z B − + = − + −3 A Iz Iy 4. 1 1 (75)(125)3 − (51)(101)3 = 7.39 MPa  Let point H be the point where the neutral axis intersects AB.PROBLEM 4.0 mm Answer: 94.224 × 10−3 m 2 Iz = Resultant force and bending couples: P = 14 + 28 + 28 = 70 kN = 70 × 103 N M z = −(62. A student using this manual is using it without permission.2781 × 10−6   4.0375)  +  + =   − 3 A 2625 I y  3. reproduced.03151 m = 31.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.0375) P M z yA M y zA − + = − + −3 A Iz Iy 4. Cross section is a 75 mm × 125 mm rectangle with a 51 mm × 101 mm rectangular cutout.2781 × 10−6 = 31. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.524 × 106 Pa σB = σ A = 31.0 mm above point A.5 MPa  70 × 103 (2625)(0. Inc. z H = 0.5 mm)(28 kN) + (37.5 mm)(14 kN) + (62.8283 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 1 1 I y = (125)(75)3 − (101)(51)3 = 3.8283 × 10−6 3. or distributed in any form or by any means.8283 × 10−6  70 × 103 ( −525)(0.2781 × 10−6 = −10.5 mm)(28 kN) = −525 N ⋅ m (a) σA = 70 × 103 (2625)(−0.8283 × 106 mm 4 = 7.5 = 94. .224 × 10 7. All rights reserved.224 × 10  = 0.

8283 × 10−6 3.8283 × 10−6 3.8283 × 10 = −0.5 mm)(14 kN) + (62.8283 × 106 mm 4 = 7.224 × 10 7. .145 Solve Prob.0 mm Answer: 56. assuming that the 28-kN force at point E is removed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. 4. Cross section is a 75 mm × 125 mm rectangle with a 51 mm × 101 mm rectangular cutout. All rights reserved.224 × 10−3   7.9631 × 106 Pa (b) σ B = 8. PROBLEM 4.0 mm to the right of point B.PROBLEM 4.465 mm zH = 37. z K = ?. 0= yK = 0.935 × 106 Pa σB = σ A = 22. determine (a) the stress at points A and B.2781 × 106 mm 4 = 3.465 = 56.0375) − + = − + −3 A Iz Iy 4.018465 m = −18.2781 × 10−6 = 8.5 + 18.0375) P M z yA M y zA − + = − + −3 A Iz Iy 4.224 × 10−3 m 2 Iz = Resultant force and bending couples: P = 14 + 28 = 42 kN = 42 × 103 N M z = −(62. Inc. SOLUTION Add y.0625 m.and z-axes as shown. (b) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ABD.2781 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 A = (75)(125) − (51)(101) = 4.2781 × 10−6 = 22. For the loading given.96 MPa  Let point K be the point where the neutral axis intersects BD.9 MPa  P M z yB M y z B 42 × 103 (875)(0.0625) (525)(0. 1 1 (75)(125)3 − (51)(101)3 = 7. No part of this Manual may be displayed.144 The tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 12 mm.0625) (525)(0.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5 mm)(14 kN) + (37.5 mm)(28 kN) = 875 N ⋅ m M y = −(37.224 × 10 7.2781 × 10−6  (875)(0. σ H = 0 P M z yH M y z H − + A Iz Iy I y  M z yH P  3. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced.144. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5 mm)(28 kN) = 525 N ⋅ m (a) σA = 42 × 103 (875)(−0.0625) 42 × 103  − = −    −6 M y  Iz A 525 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means.8283 × 10−6 m 4 12 12 1 1 3 I y = (125)(75) − (101)(51)3 = 3.224 × 103 mm 2 = 4.

25 × 10−6 m 4 12 1 (150)(200)3 = 100 × 106 mm 4 = 100 × 10−6 m 4 Iz = 12 − x A = xB = 100 mm z A = z B = 75 mm Ix = A = (200)(150) = 30 × 103 mm 2 = 30 × 10−3 m 2 (a) σA = − P M x zA M z xA 4 × 103 (−250)(75 × 10−3 ) (−433)(−100 × 10−3 ) − + =− − + −3 A Ix Iz 30 × 10 56. without the prior written permission of the publisher. determine (a) the stress at point A. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. .2 × 10−3 m = 46.25 × 10−6   30 × 10 Point G lies 146. σG = 0 zG = 75 mm σG = − P M x zG M z xG − + =0 A Ix Iz xG = xG = ? I z  P M x Z G  100 × 10−6  + = Mz  A Ix  −433 = 46.PROBLEM 4. reproduced. (b) the stress at point B.146 A rigid circular plate of 125-mm radius is attached to a solid 150 × 200-mm rectangular post. All rights reserved.2 mm (−250)(75 × 10−3 )   4 × 103 +   −3 56. Inc. If a 4-kN force P is applied at E with θ = 30°. No part of this Manual may be displayed.2 mm from point A  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. (c) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ABD.25 × 10−6 100 × 10−6 σ A = 633 × 103 Pa = 633 kPa  (b) σB = − P M x z B M z xB 4 × 103 (−250)(75 × 10−3 ) (−433)(100 × 10−3 ) − + =− − + A Ix Iz 30 × 10−3 56. with the center of the plate directly above the center of the post. or distributed in any form or by any means. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION P = 4 × 103 N (compression) M x = − PR sin 30° = −(4 × 103 )(125 × 10−3 ) sin 30° = −250 N ⋅ m M z = − PR cos 30° = −(4 × 103 )(125 × 10−3 ) cos 30° = −433 N ⋅ m 1 (200)(150)3 = 56.25 × 106 mm 4 = 56.25 × 10−6 100 × 10−6 σ B = −233 × 103 Pa = −233 kPa  (c) Let G be the point on AB where the neutral axis intersects. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

6. 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission.53333 − 0.700 × 106 Pa σ A = 700 kPa  σ B = (−0. determine (a) the stress at point A.300) × 106 Pa = − 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher.53333 − 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.13333 + 0 + 0) × 106 Pa σ D = (−0. at A. with the center of the plate directly above the center of the post.25 × 10−6 100 × 10−6 = (−0.146.53333 + 0. reproduced. C. θ = 53.13333 + 0. B.100 × 106 Pa σ B = 100 kPa  σ C = (−0. (b) σA = − cos θ = 0. . Inc. SOLUTION P = 4 × 103 N (a) PR = (4 × 103 )(125 × 10−3 ) = 500 N ⋅ m M x = − PR sin θ = −500sin θ M x = − PR cos θ = −500cos θ 1 (200)(150)3 = 56.8. (c) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ABD. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. All rights reserved.25 × 10 )(100 × 10 ) 3 sin θ = 0.PROBLEM 4. If a 4-kN force P is applied at E with θ = 30°.25 × 10−6 m 4 2 1 I z = (150)(200)3 = 100 × 106 mm 4 = 100 × 10−6 m 4 2 xD = 100 mm z D = −75 mm Ix = A = (200)(150) = 30 × 103 mm 2 = 30 × 10−3 m 2 σ =−  1 Rz sin θ P M xz M z x Rx cos θ  − + = −P  − +  A Ix Iz Ix Iz  A For σ to be a maximum.300) × 106 Pa = 0.147 4.6)(−100 × 10−3 ) − + =− + − A Ix Iz 30 × 10−3 56. dσ =0 dθ with z = z D . (b) the corresponding values of the stress.147 In Prob. No part of this Manual may be displayed. (b) the stress at point B.13333 + 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.967 × 106 Pa σ C = −133.300) × 106 Pa = 0.3kPa  σ D = −967 kPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. and D. 4.146 A rigid circular plate of 125-mm radius is attached to a solid 150 × 200-mm rectangular post.1°  P M x z A M z xA 4 × 103 (500)(0. determine (a) the value of θ for which the stress at D reaches it largest value.13333 − 0.8)(75 × 10−3 ) (500)(0.25 × 106 mm 4 = 56. x = xD  dσ D Rz cos θ Rx sin θ  = − P 0 + D + D =0 dθ Ix IZ   sin θ I z (100 × 10−6 )(−75 × 10−3 ) 4 = tan θ = − z D = − = −6 −3 cos θ I x xD (56.

) = 225 kip ⋅ in Maximum compressive stress at B: σB = − −18 ksi = − M x = P(2.)3 = 21.)(5 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. SOLUTION A = (5 in. . or distributed in any form or by any means. No part of this Manual may be displayed.) − 2(2 in. All rights reserved.)(1 in.5 in.830 − 10.17 in 4 −18 = −6. reproduced.5 in.)3 − 2 (2 in.628a −1.5 in.) = 14 in 2 1 1 (5 in.) − − 14 in 2 68.)(6 in.)(4 in.) M z (2. A student using this manual is using it without permission.67 in 4 12 12 1 1 I z = 2 (1 in.)(4 in.) (90 kips) a (2.17 in 4 12 12 Ix = Force-couple system at C: P= P For P = 90 kips: P = 90 kips M x = (90 kips)(2.1638 in.67 in 4 21.429 − 9.PROBLEM 4.5 in.741 = −10.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.) M z = Pa M z = (90 kips) a σ B = −18 ksi P M x (3 in.)3 = 68.148 Knowing that P = 90 kips.)(6 in.628 a a = 0.) − − A Ix Iz 90 kips (225 kip ⋅ in)(3 in. determine the largest distance a for which the maximum compressive stress dose not exceed 18 ksi. Inc. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher.)3 + (4 in.

)(2.. reproduced.)3 = 21.) + + A Ix Iz +10 ksi = − 0. Force-couple system at C: P = P M x = P(2.5 in. All rights reserved.8 kips Maximum tensile stress at D: σD = − σ D = +10 ksi P M x (3 in.1092P − 0. .)3 = 68.25 in.1092P + 0.1854 P P = 53.25in.67 in 4 21.)3 − 2 (2 in.1476P 10 = 0.67 in 4 12 12 1 1 I z = 2 (1 in.) − − 2 14 in 68.9 kips The smaller value of P is the largest allowable value.)(6 in.149 Knowing that a = 1. P = 53.5 in.) M z (2. Inc.17 in 4 −18 = − 0.PROBLEM 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.)(3 in.)(1 in.)(5 in.9 kips  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.)(4 in.3282 P P = 54.) = 14 in 2 1 1 (5 in.)(4 in.) P(1.5 in.5 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.25 in.) M z (2.5in.) − − A Ix Iz P P(2.25in. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or distributed in any form or by any means. No part of this Manual may be displayed.0714P + 0.)(6 in.) − (2)(2 in..)3 + (4 in.) M y = Pa = (1. determine the largest value of P that can be applied without exceeding either of the following allowable stresses: σ ten = 10 ksi σ comp = 18 ksi SOLUTION A = (5 in.) Maximum compressive stress at B: σB = − −18 ksi = − σ B = −18 ksi P M x (3 in.17 in 4 12 12 Ix = For a = 1. A student using this manual is using it without permission.1476 P −18 = 0.0714P − 0.

28 × 10−6 = 109.23 × 10−6 2.7° and 64. SOLUTION I v = I max = 2.28 × 10−6 mm 4 .23 × 10−6 = 20.28 × 10−6 tan 64. reproduced. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.3°)(25.3° .22° Points A and B are farthest from the neutral axis.05 mm vB = z B cos 64.3° − yB sin 64. Given: I max = 2.3° + z B sin 64.3° M u = M 0 sin 64.1 × 103 M 0 M0 = 80 × 106 109.3° = +25.37 mm σB = − 80 × 106 = − M vu B M u v B + Iv Iu (M 0 cos 64. No part of this Manual may be displayed. uB = yB cos 64.23 × 106 mm 4 = 0.3° = (−35) cos 64. I min = 0. All rights reserved.3° − (−45) sin 64.3° + (−35) sin 64.3° = −51.37 × 10−3 ) + 0. principal axes 25.3°)(−51.PROBLEM 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission.05 × 10−3 ) (M 0 sin 64.150 The Z section shown is subjected to a couple M 0 acting in a vertical plane.23 × 10−6 m 4 M v = M 0 cos 64.597 = ϕ = 87.28 × 10−6 m 4 I u = I min = 0.3° θ = 64. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.28 × 106 mm 4 = 2. Inc.23 × 10−6 mm 4 .3° I tan ϕ = v tan θ Iu 2.1 × 103 M 0 = 733 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Determine the largest permissible value of the moment M 0 of the couple if the maximum stress is not to exceed 80 MPa.3° 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.3° = (−45) cos 64. .

150 assuming that the couple M 0 acts in a horizontal plane. 4. reproduced.28 × 10−6 80 × 106 = 60.7° = −24.3°)(38. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. uD = yD cos 25.38 × 10−3 ) 2. Given: I max = 2.7° = 38.3° θ = 64.23 × 10−6 tan 64.7° + (−5) sin 25. and 64.23 × 106 m 4 I u = I max = 2.3° .20961 = ϕ = 11.02 mm vD = z D cos 25.02 × 10−3 ) + =− Iv Iu 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.28 × 10−6 mm 4 . SOLUTION I v = I min = 0.28 × 106 m 4 M v = M 0 cos 64. without the prior written permission of the publisher.7° + yD sin 25.7° = 45cos 25.151 Solve Prob.7° − 45 sin 25.84° Points D and E are farthest from the neutral axis. A student using this manual is using it without permission. PROBLEM 4.7° I min = 0.28 × 10−6 = 0.28 × 106 mm 4 = 2. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.323 kN ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.323 × 103 N ⋅ m M 0 = 1.3° tan ϕ = Iv tan θ Iu 0.48 × 103 M 0 M 0 = 1.23 × 10−6 + (M 0 sin 64.23 × 10−6 mm 4 .3° M u = M 0 sin 64.PROBLEM 4.23 × 106 mm 4 = 0.3° 2. principal axes 25. Determine the largest permissible value of the moment M 0 of the couple if the maximum stress is not to exceed 80 MPa.7° = (−5) cos 25.7° − z D sin 25.150 The Z section shown is subjected to a couple M 0 acting in a vertical plane. No part of this Manual may be displayed. . All rights reserved. Inc.38 mm σD = − M v u D M u vD (M D cos 64.3°)(−24.

No part of this Manual may be displayed.182 in.3 in.57) sin 45° = 3.7071 M 0 2 = (4.59 18.57 cos 45° + 0.01   M0 = σB 0.4124 M 0 4. the principal axes form 2 an angle of 45° with the coordinate axes. (Hint: By reason of symmetry.3 + 11.182  = 0. Use the relations I min = Akmin and I min + I max = I y + I z ) SOLUTION M u = M 0 sin 45° = 0.70711 M 0 M v = M 0 cos 45° = 0. A = 4. Determine the largest permissible value of the moment M 0 of the couple if the maximum stress in the beam is not |to exceed 12 ksi.152 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a couple M 0 that acts in a vertical plane.983) 2 = 4.866 in. kmin = 0. Inc.866) 3. vB = z B cos 45° − yB sin 45° = 0.2 . without the prior written permission of the publisher.93 cos 45° − (−3.3 − 4.59 = 18. All rights reserved.983 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.4124 M 0 = 29. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means.93 sin 45° = −1.4 . σB = −  u M v u B M u vB v  + = −0.01 in 4 u B = yB cos 45° + z B sin 45° = −3. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.1 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.PROBLEM 4.75 in.70711 M 0  − + = 0.59 in 4 I min = Akmin I max = I y + I z − I min = 11. Given: I y = I z = 11.70711 M 0  − B + B  Iv Iu I max   I min  (−1. .4124 = 12 0.75)(0.

70711 M 0  − D + D  Iv Iu I max   I min  (−1.59 = 18. or distributed in any form or by any means. .4. the principal axes form an angle of 45° with the coordinate 2 and I min + I max = I y + I z ) axes.983) 2 = 4. vD = z D cos 45° − yD sin 45° = (−3. A = 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.866 in. 4.70711 M 0 2 = (4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.4124 M 0 4.93) sin 45° = 3. Determine the largest permissible value of the moment M 0 of the couple if the maximum stress in the beam is not to exceed 12 ksi.152. Inc.01   M0 = σD 0. assuming that the couple M 0 acts in a horizontal plane. Given: I y = I z = 11. σD = −  u M vu D M u v D v  + = −0.182  = 0.3 − 4. PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved.75 in.3 + 11.75)(0.866) 3. kmin = 0.1 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A student using this manual is using it without permission.70711 M 0  − + = 0.3 in.182 in.70711 M 0 M v = − M 0 sin 45° = − 0.152 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a couple M 0 that acts in a vertical plane.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed. (Hint: By reason of symmetry.57) cos 45° − (0.983 in. reproduced.59 18.153 Solve Prob.93 cos 45° + (−3.2.4124 = 12 0.4124 M 0 = 29. without the prior written permission of the publisher.01 in 4 u D = yD cos 45° + z D sin 45° = −0.57 sin 45°) = −1. Use the relations I min = Akmin SOLUTION M u = M 0 cos 45° = 0.59 in 4 I min = Akmin I max = I y + I z − I min = 11.

0216) ( M 0 sin 29.2852 in.4° θ = 29. or distributed in any form or by any means.75 in.0216 in.957 = 1.PROBLEM 4. M v = M 0 cos 29. v A = z A cos 29.2514 ϕ = 14.4° + z A sin 29. z A = −0. I min = 0. .19 kip ⋅ in  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. without the prior written permission of the publisher. Inc. SOLUTION I u = I max = 0.957 in 4 .427 in 4 .427 0.6° . Given: I max = 0. u A = y A cos 29.154 An extruded aluminum member having the cross section shown is subjected to a couple acting in a vertical plane.9381 M 0 = 6.4°.957 in 4 I v = I min = 0.4° − y A sin 29. σA = − M vu A MV (M cos 29. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.11° Point A is farthest from the neutral axis.9381 M 0 M0 = σA 1. y A = −0. All rights reserved. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced.4° = −1.4° tan ϕ = Iv 0. Determine the largest permissible value of the moment M 0 of the couple if the maximum stress is not to exceed 12 ksi.2852) + u A =− 0 + Iv Iu 0.427 in 4 M u = M 0 sin 29.427 tan θ = tan 29..4°)(−0.4°)(−1.9381 = 12 1. A student using this manual is using it without permission.4° = −0. principal axes 29. No part of this Manual may be displayed.75 in.4° Iu 0.4° and 60.957 = 0.

reproduced.82 in 4 d = 11. SOLUTION For W 12 × 16 rolled steel section.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.70°  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Denoting by σ 0 the maximum stress in the beam when θ = 0. we get θ = 4. I z = 103 in 4 I y = 2.990)  2  − 1  (2. A student using this manual is using it without permission.082273   cos θ  Assuming cos θ ≈ 1. b f = 3.52 tan θ Iy 2.99)  cos θ   2  − 1 tan θ = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher.155 A couple M 0 acting in a vertical plane is applied to a W12 × 16 rolled-steel beam.99 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. . determine the angle of inclination θ of the beam for which the maximum stress is 2σ 0.990 in. All rights reserved.82)(11. M z = M 0 cos θ  M 0b f I zb f M z yA M y zA M d M d + = 0 cos θ + sin θ = 0 1 + tan θ  cos θ  Iz Iy I yd 2I z 2I y 2 I z   σ0 = M 0d 2I z    σ A = σ 0 1 + I 2b f I yd tan θ =  tan θ  cos θ = 2σ 0  I yd  I zb f (103)(3.82 Point A is farthest from the neutral axis. yA = − tan ϕ = d 2 zA = bf 2 Iz 103 tan θ = tan θ = 36. Inc. whose web forms an angle θ with the vertical. M y = M 0 sin θ σA = − For θ = 0.

SOLUTION b h M z = M cos θ . M z = M sin θ tan θ = Iz = 1 3 bh 12 Iy = 1 3 hb 12 1 3 bh Iz b h tan ϕ = tan θ = 12 ⋅ = 1 Iy b hb3 h 12 The neutral axis passes through corner A of the diagonal AD. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means. . A student using this manual is using it without permission. the neutral axis will lie along the other diagonal.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. reproduced.156 Show that. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. without the prior written permission of the publisher. No part of this Manual may be displayed. if a solid rectangular beam is bent by a couple applied in a plane containing one diagonal of a rectangular cross section.

M z = −  yσ AdA = −C1 y 2dA − C2  yzdA = − I zC1 − I yzC2 = 0 C1 = − I yz Iz C2 M y =  zσ AdA = C1 yz dA + C2  z 2dA = I yzC1 + I yC2 − I yz ( I yz Iz C2 + I yC2 ) 2 I z M y = I y I z − I yz C2 C2 = IzM y 2 I y I z − I yz C1 = − σA = I yz M y 2 I y I z − I yz I z z − I yz y 2 I y I z − I yz My  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission. is σA = zI z − yI yz 2 I y I z − I yz My where Iy.157 A beam of unsymmetric cross section is subjected to a couple M 0 acting in the horizontal plane xz. . and Iyz denote the moments and product of inertia of the cross section with respect to the coordinate axes.and z-axes are centroidal axes: σ A = C1 y + C2 z where C1 and C2 are constants. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. All rights reserved. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.PROBLEM 4. of coordinates y and z. Since the axial force is zero. Iz. the y. No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION The stress σ A varies linearly with the coordinates y and z. or distributed in any form or by any means. Show that the stress at point A. and My the moment of the couple. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced.

or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved. Since the axial force is zero. and M z the moment of the couple. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. is σA = yI y − zI yz 2 I y I z − I yz Mz where I y . Inc. No part of this Manual may be displayed. of coordinates y and z.158 A beam of unsymmetric cross section is subjected to a couple M 0 acting in the vertical plane xy. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.and z-axes are centroidal axes: σ A = C1 y + C2 z where C1 and C2 are constants.PROBLEM 4. I z . . SOLUTION The stress σ A varies linearly with the coordinates y and z. A student using this manual is using it without permission. M y =  zσ AdA = C1  yzdA + C2  z 2dA = I yzC1 + I yC2 = 0 C2 = − I yz Iy C1 M z = −  yσ Adz = −C1 y 2dA + C2  yzdA I yz C1 = − I Z C1 − I yz Iy ( ) 2 I y M z = − I y I z − I yz C1 C1 = − C2 = + σA = − I yM z 2 I y I z − I yz I yz M z 2 I y I z − I yz I y y − I yz 2 2 I y I z − I yz Mz  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. reproduced. and I yz denote the moments and product of inertia of the cross section with respect to the coordinate axes. Show that the stress at point A. the y. without the prior written permission of the publisher.

the equation of the neutral axis BD is  zA   xA   2  x +  2  z = −1  rz   rx  where rz and rx denote the radius of gyration of the cross section with respect to the z axis and the x axis. if a vertical force Q is applied at any point located on line BD. (b) Further show that. respectively. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. z  x  1 +  A2  x +  A2  z = 0.PROBLEM 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.  rz   rx  (b) M x = PzE σA = −  zA   xA   2  x +  2  z = −1  rz   rx   M z = − PxE P M z xA M x z A P Px x Pz z + − = − − E 2 A − E 2A A Iz Iy A Arz Arx = 0 by equation from part (a). rz2 = z A A M z = − Px A P M z xE M x z E P Px A xE Pz z + − =− − − A 2E 2 A Iz Ix A Arz Arx z   P   xA  1 +  2  xE +  A2  z E  = 0 A   rz   rx   if E lies on neutral axis.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. the stress at point A will be zero. Inc. . or distributed in any form or by any means. if a vertical force P is applied at point A of the section shown. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed. SOLUTION Definitions: rx2 = (a) M x = Pz A σE = − =− Ix I .159 (a) Show that. A student using this manual is using it without permission. without the prior written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.

All rights reserved. SOLUTION 1 3 1 3 hb Ix = bh 12 12 h b zA = − xA = − 2 2 Iz = A = bh Let P be the load point. A student using this manual is using it without permission. a tensile stress will occur at corner A. This area.160 (a) Show that the stress at corner A of the prismatic member shown in part a of the figure will be zero if the vertical force P is applied at a point located on the line x z + =1 b /6 h /6 (b) Further show that. respectively. the force P must be applied at a point located within the area bounded by the line found in part a and three similar lines corresponding to the condition of zero stress at B.PROBLEM 4. Inc. if no tensile stress is to occur in the member. No part of this Manual may be displayed. is known as the kern of the cross section. the other portions producing tensile stresses are identified. without the prior written permission of the publisher. and D. 1− M x = Pz P P M z xA M x z A + − A Iz Ix ( ) =− (− PxP ) − b2 ( Pz P − 2h ) P + − 3 1 hb 1 bh3 bh 12 12 =− P  x z  1− P − P   bh  b/6 h/6  x z − =0 b/6 h/6 (a) For (b) At point E: z = 0 ∴ xE = b/6 At point F: x = 0 ∴ z F = h /6 x z + =1 b/6 h/6 If the line of action ( xP . C. reproduced. and σ D = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. σ C = 0. . shown in part b of the figure. PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. By considering σ B = 0. z P ) lies within the portion marked TA . M z = − PxP σA = − σ A = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

161 For the machine component and loading shown.. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.6 in.7 in.2904 = 0. 2 e = 1.4 in. 2 e = 2 − 1.75)(2) = 1. R= 2 = 1.5 in 2 r1 = 3 − 2 = 1 in.1795)(1) σ A = 12.7 − 1.1795 in. . ln 13 At point A: σA = r = 1 (3 + 1) = 2 in.6 in.75)(2. e=r −R r 2 ln 2 r1 h = 2 in. R = . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.4 At point A: σA = 1 (3 + 0.4) σ A = 11.15 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. R= 2.4 − 1.2904) = = 11.8205 = 0.95)(0. SOLUTION M = −4 kip ⋅ in Rectangular cross section: r = (a) A = bh r2 = 3 in.4) = 1. or distributed in any form or by any means. 3 ln 0. A = (0.4 in.PROBLEM 4. r = r1 = 0. M (r − R) (−4)(1 − 1. M (r − R ) (−4)(0.8205) = = 12.8205 in.6 = 0.2904 in.6) = 1.5)(0. determine the stress at point A when (a) h = 2 in. (b) h = 2. All rights reserved.95 in 2 r = r1 = 3 − 2.19 ksi Aer (1.4906 in. A = (0. r = r1 = 1 in.19 ksi  (b) h = 2. r1 = r2 − h 1 h (r1 + r2 ).4096)(0.15 ksi Aer (1.6 = 1. reproduced. without the prior written permission of the publisher. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Inc. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

3547 in.)(2.) = Aer (0.5 ln r = r1 e = r − R = 1. reproduced. SOLUTION M = −4 kip ⋅ in Rectangular cross section: h = 2.22 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5 in.75 in. 2 ln 0. r1 = r2 − h = 0.5 in.5 h R = r = 3.5 in.3547 in.3953 in.162 For the machine component and loading shown.) = Aer (0.3953 = 0. All rights reserved. At point A: r = r1 = 0.)(0.0 = 1. . b = 0.) σ A = 10.2 r2 = 3 in.)(3 in. determine the stress at points A and B when h = 2.)(0. 2 2 2. σA = At point B: M (r − R ) (−4 kip ⋅ in)(0. Inc.75 in.5 in.3547 in.) σ B = −3.3953 in.5 in.75 in. 1 1 (r1 + r2 ) = (0.PROBLEM 4.5 in.77 ksi  r = r2 = 3 in. A = 1.75 in.0) = 1. No part of this Manual may be displayed. − 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. σB = M (r − R ) (−4 kip ⋅ in)(3 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.)(0.75 − 1.5 in. × 2.5 + 3.5 in. − 1.3953 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.875 in.

© 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.25 P 3 × 103 ( K − 1)er1 (30.25)(1. It is given by σA = − P My A P P (a + r ) y A P − =− − = −K A Aer1 A Aer1 A with y A = R − r1 Thus. r = 32.8288 mm. A student using this manual is using it without permission. reproduced. SOLUTION Reduce the internal forces transmitted across section AB to a force-couple system at the centroid of the section. K =1+ Data: (a + r )( R − r1) er1 h = 25 mm. Knowing that the allowable stress in the bar is 150 MPa. e = 32.5 mm R= 25 = 30. determine the largest permissible distance a from the line of action of the 3-kN force to the vertical plane containing the center of curvature of the bar.9 mm  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.6712)(20) a+r = = = 93. σ A = −150 × 106 Pa (−150 × 106 )(625 × 10−6 ) = 31. the neutral axis for bending couple only lies at R= h ln r2 r1 Also e = r − R The maximum compressive stress occurs at point A.163 The curved portion of the bar shown has an inner radius of 20 mm.5 − 30. . Inc. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.6712 mm 45 ln 20 b = 25 mm. All rights reserved.PROBLEM 4. The bending couple is M = P (a + r ) For the rectangular section. r1 = 20 mm.8288 mm P = 3 × 103 N ⋅ m. r2 = 45 mm.37 − 32. or distributed in any form or by any means.37 mm R − r1 10. A = bh = (25)(25) = 625 mm 2 = 625 × 10−6 m 2 R − r1 = 10. No part of this Manual may be displayed.8288 = 1.5 a = 60.8288 K =− σ AA =− a = 93.

Knowing that the line of action of the 3-kN force is located at a distance a = 60 mm from the vertical plane containing the center of curvature of the bar. Inc.5 mm R= (a + r )( R − r1) er1 25 = 30.8288) K = 1+ = 30. determine the largest compressive stress in the bar. A student using this manual is using it without permission.6 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. No part of this Manual may be displayed.5 − 30. A = bh = (25)(25) = 625 mm 2 = 625 × 10−6 m 2 a = 60 mm.164 The curved portion of the bar shown has an inner radius of 20 mm. It is given by σA = − P My A P P (a + r ) y A P − =− − = −K A Aer1 A Aer1 A with y A = R − r1 Thus. K =1+ Data: h = 25 mm. The bending couple is M = P (a + r ) For the rectangular section.968)(3 × 103 ) =− = −148. a + r = 92.6712 mm 45 ln 20 b = 25 mm.8288 mm (92.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved. Also e = r − R The maximum compressive stress occurs at point A. reproduced. the neutral axis for bending couple only lies at R= h ln r2 r1 . r2 = 45 mm. without the prior written permission of the publisher. r = 32. SOLUTION Reduce the internal forces transmitted across section AB to a force-couple system at the centroid of the section.5 mm. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.6 × 106 Pa A 625 × 10−6 σ A = −148. r1 = 20 mm. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. R − r1 = 10. .5)(10.8288 mm.8288 = 1.6712)(20) σA = KP (30. e = 32.968 P = 30 × 103 N (1.

reproduced. r1 = 15 mm.49 × 10−6 Pa (2400 × 10−6 )(4. or distributed in any form or by any means.22 × 106 Pa (2400 × 10−6 )(4.22 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc.214 × 10−3 ) = 5. determine the largest tensile and compressive stresses. r2 = 55mm A = (60)(40) = 2400 mm 2 = 2400 × 10−6 m 2 R= r = h 40 = = 30.786 − 15 = 15.786 − 55 = −24. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.214 mm At r = 15mm.PROBLEM 4. A student using this manual is using it without permission. σ =− σ =− My Aer y = 30.49MPa  At r = 55mm.786 × 10−3 ) = −12. All rights reserved. SOLUTION h = 40 mm. No part of this Manual may be displayed. .165 The curved bar shown has a cross section of 40 × 60 mm and an inner radius r1 = 15 mm.786 mm r2 55 ln ln r1 40 1 (r1 + r2 ) = 35 mm 2 e = r − R = 4. For the loading shown.214 × 10−3 )(15 × 10−3 ) σ = −12. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.756 mm (120)(15. σ =− y = 30.214 × 10−3 )(55 × 10−3 ) σ = 5.214 mm (120)(−24.

5904 mm M (r1 − R) (120)(−16.3926 2019.4% −11.6074 0.426  For parts (b) and (c).5904 0.PROBLEM 4. mm r2 .32 × 106 mm 4 = 0. mm 36. M = 120 N ⋅ m 1 3 1 bh = (60)(40)3 = 0. A = (60)(40) = 2400 mm2 = 2400 × 10−6 m 2 .5 × 106 Pa = 7. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. (b) r1 = 200 mm. All rights reserved. SOLUTION h = 40 mm.546 % error −34.982 −7.4096 mm e = r − R = 3. mm 3.166 For the curved bar and loading shown.5) × 100% = −34.4 % 6. Consider the case when (a) r1 = 20 mm. MPa −11. determine the percent error introduced in the computation of the maximum stress by assuming that the bar is straight. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher. . Inc. mm 40 220 2020 e. mm 20 200 2000 60 240 2040 R.0 %  0.4096 219.9340 r . reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or distributed in any form or by any means.6 %  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.4096 × 10−3 ) = = −11.32 × 10−6 ) r1 = 20 mm r2 = 60 mm h 40 = = 36.5904 × 10−3 )(20 × 10−3 ) % error = −11.0660 σ . A student using this manual is using it without permission. (c) r1 = 2 m.426 × 106 Pa = −11.4096 mm 60 r2 ln ln r1 20 R= r = 1 (r1 + r2 ) = 40 mm 2 σa = r1 − R = −16.426 MPa Aer (2400 × 10−6 )(3. 12 12 I = c= 1 h = 20 mm 2 Assuming that the bar is straight σs = − (a) Mc (120)(20 × 10−8 ) =− = 7. we get the values in the table below: (a) (b) (c) r1.32 × 10 −6 mm 4 .426 −7.5 MPa I (0.426 − (−7.

Knowing that a = 60 mm.7407 mm. R − r1 = 12.7407 mm K =1+ (95)(12. A = bh = (30)(30) = 900 mm 2 = 900 × 10−6 m 2 a = 60 mm.2593)(20) P = 5 × 103 N PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. r ln 2 r1 e=r −R The maximum compressive stress occurs at point A.167 The curved bar shown has a cross section of 30 × 30 mm. All rights reserved. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4. P A with K =1+ y A = R − r1 (a + r )( R − r1) er1 h = 30 mm. reproduced. e = 35 − 32. or distributed in any form or by any means. The bending couple is M = P (a + r ) For the rectangular section.7407 = 2. .786 (2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION Reduce the internal forces transmitted across section AB to a force-couple system at the centroid of the section. A student using this manual is using it without permission. No part of this Manual may be displayed. r = 35 mm Data: R= 30 = 32. Inc.7407) = 27. It is given by σA = − P My A P P (a + r ) y A − =− − A Aer1 A Aer1 = −K Thus. a + r = 95 mm. determine the stress at (a) point A. r2 = 50 mm. r1 = 20 mm. the neutral axis for bending couple only lies at R= Also h . (b) point B.2593 mm 50 ln 20 b = 30 mm.

Inc.4 × 106 Pa A 900 × 10−6 σ A = −154.2953 mm P MyB P (a + r ) y B  + =  −1 +  A Aer2 A er2  K ′P (a + r ) y B where K ′ = = −1 A er2 σB = − K′ = (95)(17. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.545)(5 × 103 ) = 75.2953) − 1 = 13. A student using this manual is using it without permission.2593)(50) σB = (13. yB = r2 − R = 50 − 32.2 × 106 Pa −6 900 × 10 σ B = 75.4 MPa  (b) At point B.786)(5 × 103 ) =− = −154.7407 = 17. reproduced.167 (Continued) (a) σA = − KP (27. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. or distributed in any form or by any means.2 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.545 (2. without the prior written permission of the publisher. No part of this Manual may be displayed.PROBLEM 4. . All rights reserved.

or distributed in any form or by any means. K = 1 + er1 = −K h = 30 mm. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.5)(2. determine the largest allowable distance a. All rights reserved. r2 = 50 mm. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. R − r1 = 12. SOLUTION Reduce the internal forces transmitted across section AB to a force-couple system at the centroid of the section.2593 mm. the neutral axis for bending couple only lies at R= h .168 The curved bar shown has a cross section of 30 × 30 mm. Inc. The bending couple is M = P (a + r ) For the rectangular section.5 P 5 × 103 a + r. P = 5 kN = 5 × 103 N K =− Solving (1) for a+r = Aσ A (900 × 10−6 )(−175 × 106 ) =− = 31.17 mm 12. . a+r = ( K − 1)er1 R − r1 (30. b = 30 mm. r1 = 20 mm.17 mm − 35 mm a = 73. A student using this manual is using it without permission. a = ? σ A = −175 MPa = −175 × 106 Pa.7407 a = 108.2593)(20) = 108. r ln 2 r1 Also e = r − R The maximum compressive stress occurs at point A . It is given by σA = − P My A P P (a + r ) y A − =− − A Aer1 A Aer1 P with y A = R − r1 A (a + r )( R − r1) Thus. Knowing that the allowable compressive stress is 175 MPa. reproduced. r = 35 mm. without the prior written permission of the publisher.2 mm  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. R = Data: (1) 30 = 32.7407 mm. No part of this Manual may be displayed.PROBLEM 4.7407 mm ln 50 20 e = 35 − 32.7407 = 2.

045844)(0. All rights reserved.3)(0. reproduced.8) (0. determine the largest force P that can be applied to a link for which β = 90°. ln 0. Inc.. r2 = 1.24 in 2 R = 1. Knowing that the allowable stress is 12 ksi.35416) = 4.PROBLEM 4.35416 in. y A = 1.. For the rectangular section.169 Steel links having the cross section shown are available with different central angles β .3940 (0.2 − 1.8 A = (0. the centroid of the cross section AB.24)(12) = 0.65544 kips 4.8 in.3 in.35147)(0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.045844 in. the neutral axis for bending couple only lies at R= h ln r2 r1 .2(1 − cos 45°) = 0. K =1+ P= (0. No part of this Manual may be displayed..2 in.6 = 1. 0.8 in. β  a = r 1 − cos  2  The bending couple is M = − Pa.35147 in.8 e = 1. without the prior written permission of the publisher.6 in. r1 = 0.154156 in.154156 = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or distributed in any form or by any means.8) = 0.. a = 1.8 = 0. .154156 − 0.3940 P = 655 lb  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Also e = r − R At point A the tensile stress is K =1+ where P= Data: σA = P My A P Pay A P ay  P − = + = 1 + A  = K A Aer1 A Aer1 A er1  A ay A er1 and y A = R − r1 Aσ A K r = 1.. b = 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. h = 0. SOLUTION Reduce section force to a force-couple system at G.

. the centroid of the cross section AB. 0.8) = 0. 4.35416) = 2.045844)(0.3)(0.045844 in. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5525 P = 1128 lb  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.154156 in. β  a = r 1 − cos  2  The bending couple is M = − Pa. PROBLEM 4.128 kips 2.8 in. reproduced. r2 = 1.160770 in.. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation..160770)(0. or distributed in any form or by any means. K =1+ P= (0.154156 − 0.169 Steel links having the cross section shown are available with different central angles β.2)(1 − cos 30°) = 0.24 in 2 R = 1. the tensile stress is σA = K =1+ where P= Data: P My A P Pay A P ay  P − = + = 1 + A  = K A Aer1 A Aer1 A er1  A ay A er1 and y A = R − r1 Aσ A K r = 1. Inc. determine the largest force P that can be applied to a link for which β = 90°.5525 (0.6 = 1.2 − 1.170 Solve Prob.8 in. Knowing that the allowable stress is 12 ksi.8 e = 1.2 in.8) (0. b = 0. All rights reserved. . h = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies..3 in. the neutral axis for bending couple only lies at R= h r2 r1 ln . ln 0. assuming that β = 60°.154156 = 0.169. Also e = r − R At point A.PROBLEM 4. For the rectangular section. SOLUTION Reduce section force to a force-couple system at G. No part of this Manual may be displayed.24)(12) = 1. A student using this manual is using it without permission. y A = 1. r1 = 0.8 A = (0.6 in.8 = 0. a = (1.35416 in.

Inc.2 × 10−3 m 2 )(6. mm 1000 16.040 m − 0.2392 × 10−3 m)(0.040 m) Point B: σB = r = rA = 40 mm σ A = −172. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.000 185. mm 2 bi ln 50 20 ri +1 . (a) Point A: σA = (b) M (r − R ) (2. mm Part b. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION Properties of the cross section. Knowing that M = 2500 N ⋅ m.852 mm.0778517 m) = Aer (2. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.000 Stresses.2588 A. determine the stress at (a) point A.2 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. mm 40 90 110 1 20 2 60  2200 R= = 77.0402 100 2200 28. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4.2186 65 1200 12. mm ri r =  Ai ri  Ai ri .2588 185000 r = = 84. r .2 × 10−3 m 2 )(6.4 MPa  r = rB = 110 mm M (r − R ) (2. (b) point B.110 m) σ B = 53.110 m − 0.171 A machine component has a T-shaped cross section that is orientated as shown.5 kN ⋅ m)(0. mm R= A  bi hi  Ai = = 1 ri +1 r   dA  bi ln  bi ln i +1 r ri ri h. . or distributed in any form or by any means.239 mm 2200 Ai ri . mm3 65. 28. No part of this Manual may be displayed. All rights reserved.000 120.0778517 m) = Aer (2.2392 × 10−3 m)(0.5 kN ⋅ m)(0.091 mm. e = r − R = 6.

2588 bi ln 1000 1200 2200 185000 r = = 84. P = 10 kN M = (10 kN)(100 mm + 84. mm 50 20 A.9 N ⋅ m PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.000 e = r − R = 6.PROBLEM 4.2588 A  bi hi  Ai = = 1 r r   dA  bi ln i +1  bi ln i +1 r ri ri h. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced.0909 mm) = 1840.852 mm. 28. SOLUTION Properties of the cross section. All rights reserved.239 mm Force-couple system at the centroid E.000 185. R = r . A student using this manual is using it without permission. mm3 65 100 65. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or distributed in any form or by any means.0402 28. No part of this Manual may be displayed. . mm 2 ri +1 .2186 12. mm Ai ri .172 Assuming that the couple shown is replaced by a vertical 10-kN force attached at point D and acting downward. without the prior written permission of the publisher.000 120. mm ri 16. 2200 r =  Ai ri  Ai ri . mm 1 20 2 60  2200 R= = 77. determine the stress at (a) point A. Inc. (b) point B. mm 40 90 110 Part b.091 mm.

.2392 × 10−3 m)(0.172 (Continued) Stresses. No part of this Manual may be displayed.110 m − 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Inc. or distributed in any form or by any means.2392 × 10−3 m)(0.9 N ⋅ m)(0.110 m) = −4.040 m − 0.196 MPa σ B = 34.913 MPa σ A = −131.0778517 m) + =− + −3 2 A Aer 2. without the prior written permission of the publisher.5 MPa  (b) Point B: σB = − r = rB = 110 mm P M ( r − R) 10 kN (1840. reproduced. All rights reserved. (a) Point A: σA = − r = rA = 40 mm P M ( r − R) 10 kN (1840.2 × 10−3 m 2 )(6.7 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.2 × 10 m (2.2 × 10 m (2.2 × 10−3 m 2 )(6.545 MPa + 39.040 m) = −4.PROBLEM 4.545 MPa − 126. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.0778517 m) + =− + −3 2 A Aer 2.9 N ⋅ m)(0.

or distributed in any form or by any means. without the prior written permission of the publisher.125 = 4. R= e = 0.5 15.263 in.75 3.5  2 0.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A student using this manual is using it without permission. For the given loading. .5 4.25 4.5 2 1.0 0. Inc.5 e = r − R = 0.PROBLEM 4.862468 3.5 6 Part ΣA Σbi hi ΣA = = 1 r Σ  r dA Σb ln ri +1 Σbi ln i +1 i ri ri ΣAri ΣA b h A b ln ri +1 ri r Ar  3 0.75 5.5 5. 0.5 0.32143 in.225993 4.. SOLUTION R= r = r 3 3.125 3.174023 5.05812 in.875  0. All rights reserved.5 1. determine the distance e between the neutral axis and the centroid of the cross section. No part of this Manual may be displayed.173 Three plates are welded together to form the curved beam shown.862468 Σ 15. r = = 4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.5 0. reproduced.26331 in.5 1.462452 3.0 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.5  2 0.05812 − 3 = 1. 0.5 0.25 4. .0 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. σA = − My A (−8)(1.5 5.0 0.5)(0. All rights reserved.06 ksi  σ B = −2.5 0.81 ksi   σ C = 0.862468 Σ 3. R= (a) ri +1 ri 15.225993 4.174023 5. determine the stress at (a) point A.462452 3.5)(0.05812 in.529 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5 2 1.862468 e = r − R = 0. 3.   σB = − (c) yC = R − r = −e σC = − MyB (−8)(−1. SOLUTION R= r = r 3 3.5 4.75 3.5 6 Part b ΣA Σbi hi ΣA = = 1 r r Σ  r dA Σb ln i +1 Σbi ln i +1 i ri ri ΣAri ΣA h A b ln r Ar  3 0..94188)  =− Aer2 (3. (b) point B..05812 − 6 = −1. reproduced.5 M = −8 kip ⋅ in r = y A = R − r1 = 4.875  0.5 1.PROBLEM 4.75 5. No part of this Manual may be displayed.32143 in.5 1. Inc.94188 in.26331 in.125 15.32143) σ A = 3.05812) =− Aer1 (3. without the prior written permission of the publisher. For M = 8 kip ⋅ in.174 Three plates are welded together to form the curved beam shown.5)(4.05812 in.26331)(3) (b) yB = R − r2 = 4.26331)(6) MyC Me M −8 =− =− =− Aer Aer Ar (3.5 = 4.125 = 4. (c) the centroid of the cross section.

determine the stress at (a) point A.8755 × 10−3 )(52 × 10−3 ) = 17. Inc.25 × 10−6 (804.1245 × 10−3 ) − =− − A Aer1 804.8755 mm A= π 4 d2 = π 4 (32)2 = 804.175 The split ring shown has an inner radius r1 = 20 mm and a circular cross section of diameter d = 32 mm.1245 − 52 = −17. r2 = r1 + d = 52 mm 2 r = r1 + c = 36 mm c= 1 1 r + r 2 − c 2  = 36 + 362 − 162      2  2 = 34. SOLUTION 1 d = 16 mm.5 × 103 N (a) Point A: M = Pr = (2.25 × 10−6 (804.8755 mm σB = − P MyB 2. or distributed in any form or by any means. reproduced.5 × 103 (90)(14. without the prior written permission of the publisher.125 mm σA = − P My A 2.40 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.8755 × 10−3 )(20 × 10−3 ) = −45. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. (b) point B.25 × 10−6 )(1.25 × 10−6 )(1. r1 = 20 mm.5 × 103 )(36 × 10−3 ) = 90 N ⋅ m y A = R − r1 = 34. A student using this manual is using it without permission.8755 × 10−3 ) − =− − A Aer2 804.40 × 106 Pa σ B = 17. All rights reserved. . or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.2 × 106 Pa (b) Point B: σ A = −45.25 mm 2 = 804. No part of this Manual may be displayed.PROBLEM 4.5 × 103 (90)(−17. For the loading shown.2 MPa  yB = R − r2 = 34.1245 mm R= e = r − R = 1.1245 − 20 = 14.25 × 10−6 m 2 P = 2.

r2 = r1 + d = 48 mm 2 r = r1 + c = 32 mm c= 1 1 r + r 2 − c 2  = 32 + 322 − 162      2  2 = 29.3 MPa  yB = R − r2 = 29.43 × 106 Pa σ B = 14. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.25 × 10−6 (804. SOLUTION 1 d = 16 mm. Inc. (b) point B. or distributed in any form or by any means. determine the stress at (a) point A.25 × 10−6 m 2 P = 2.8564 − 16 = 13.1436 × 10−3 )(16 × 10−3 ) = −43. No part of this Manual may be displayed.25 × 10−6 )(2.3 × 106 Pa (b) Point B: σ A = −43.5 × 103 (80)(13.25 × 10−6 (804. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.1436 mm A= π 4 d2 = π 4 (32)2 = 804.8564 mm σA = − P My A 2.43 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.25 × 10−6 )(2.PROBLEM 4.5 × 106 (80)(−18.8564 − 48 = −18. .176 The split ring shown has an inner radius r1 = 16 mm and a circular cross section of diameter d = 32 mm. A student using this manual is using it without permission.8564 × 10−3 ) − =− − A Aer1 804.25 mm 2 = 804. without the prior written permission of the publisher.8564 mm R= e = r − R = 2. For the loading shown.1436 × 10−3 ) − =− − A Aer2 804.5 × 103 N (a) Point A: M = Pr = (2.1436 mm σB = − P MyB 2. r1 = 16 mm.1436 × 10−3 )(48 × 10−3 ) = 14.5 × 103 )(32 × 10−3 ) = 80 N ⋅ m y A = R − r1 = 29. reproduced. All rights reserved.

which lies at the inner radius.5109 × 10−3 )(12 × 10−3 )(60 × 106 ) 13. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. All rights reserved. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.177 The curved bar shown has a circular cross section of 32-mm diameter. (804. A = π c 2 = π (16) 2 = 804. SOLUTION c = 16 mm r = 12 + 16 = 28 mm 1 r + r 2 − c2     2 1 =  28 + 282 − 162  = 25. It is given by σ max = My A from which Aer1 M = Aer1 σ max Also.4891 × 10−3 M = 107. Inc. Determine the largest couple M that can be applied to the bar about a horizontal axis if the maximum stress is not to exceed 60 MPa.25 mm 2 Data: y A = R − r1 = 25.25 × 10−6 )(2.4891 − 12 = 13. No part of this Manual may be displayed.4891 mm  2  R= e = r − R = 28 − 25. reproduced.4891 = 2. or distributed in any form or by any means.PROBLEM 4.5109 mm σ max occurs at A.8 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. .4891 mm M = yA . without the prior written permission of the publisher.

77081 − 1. reproduced. without the prior written permission of the publisher.74 × 103 psi A Aer1 0. Knowing that a = 1. r = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.27081 in.8 in. A = π c 2 = π (0.178 The bar shown has a circular cross section of 0.02919 in.82 − 0. diameter. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.45 × 103 psi A Aer2 0. determine the stress at (a) point A.27081) − = − = 6. . 2 1 1 R =  r + r 2 − c 2  = 0.3 = 0.32919) − = − = −3.8 + 0. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.5 = 0. c= e = r − R = 0.74 ksi  (b) σB = P MyB 50 (−100)(−0. SOLUTION 1 d = 0. (b) point B. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.2 + 0.28274 (0.3)2 = 0.5) σ A = 6.3 in.28274 (0.32919 in.77081 − 0.PROBLEM 4. All rights reserved.28274 in 2 P = 50 lb M = − P(a + r ) = −50(1.6 in.28274)(0..28274)(0.2 in. (a) σA = P My A 50 (−100)(0.02919)(1. yB = R − r2 = 0.45 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.1 = −0.5 + 0.1) σ B = −3.32   2   2  = 0.02919)(0.8) = −100 lb ⋅ in y A = R − r1 = 0.77081 in.

6 in.77081 in.8 in. determine the largest permissible distance a from the line of action of the 50-lb forces to the plane containing the center of curvature of the bar. diameter. yA 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. e = r − R = 0..02919)(0.02919 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.32       2 2  = 0.584 in.8 + 0.PROBLEM 4.28274) = 45.82 − 0. Inc.77081 − 0. Knowing that the allowable stress is 8 ksi.238 P 50 ( K − 1)er1 (44. c= A = π c 2 = π (0.5 + 0.384 in.28274 in 2 M = − P (a + r ) y A = R − r1 = 0.384 − 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced. σA = = P My A P P( a + r ) y A P (a + r ) y A  − = + = 1 +  A Aer1 A Aer1 A er1  KP A where K =1+ (a + r ) y A er1 (8 × 103 )(0.8 a = 1. All rights reserved.3 = 0.179 The bar shown has a circular cross section of 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. 2 1 1 R =  r + r 2 − c 2  = 0. . r = 0. SOLUTION 1 d = 0.27081 in.27081 K = σ AA = a = 2.5) a+r = = = 2.238)(0.5 = 0.3 in.3)2 = 0.  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.

01 MPa σ B = +34.248 mm (a) Point A: σA = − rA = 100 mm = 0. All rights reserved.PROBLEM 4. reproduced.190 m P M (rB − R) 10 kN (1300 N ⋅ m)(0. .752 mm e = r − R = 130 mm − 126.743 MPa (b) Point B: σB = − σ A = −32. or distributed in any form or by any means.778 MPa − 29.190 m) = −2.126752 m) + =− + −6 2 A AerB 3600 × 10 m (3600 × 10−6 m 2 )(3. Inc.126752 m) + =− + −6 2 A AerA 3600 × 10 m (3600 × 10 −6 m 2 )(3248 × 10−3 m)(0.752 mm = 3. P = 10 kN M = Pr = (10 kN)(130 mm) = 1300 N ⋅ m Triangular cross section.100 m − 0. determine the stress at (a) point A. SOLUTION Locate the centroid D of the cross section. (b) point B.100 m) = −2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.248 × 10−3 m)(0. A= 1 1 bh = (90 mm)(80 mm) 2 2 = 3600 mm 2 = 3600 × 10−6 m 2 1 1 h (90) 45 mm 2 2 R= = = r2 r2 190 190 ln − 1 ln − 1 0. r = 100 mm + 90 mm = 130 mm 3 Force-couple system at D.190 m − 0.2 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.100 m P M (rA − R) 10 kN (1300 N ⋅ m)(0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.778 MPa + 37.5 MPa  rB = 190 mm = 0.355025 h r1 90 100 R = 126.180 Knowing that P = 10 kN . No part of this Manual may be displayed. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.

No part of this Manual may be displayed. (a) y A = R − r1 = 0.15452)(5) σ B = 3. without the prior written permission of the publisher.84548 in. determine the stress at (a) point A.15452) =− Aer2 (3. SOLUTION 1 1 bh = (2. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. r1 = 2 in. σB = − MyB (5)(−2. σA = − (b) M = 5 kip ⋅ in My A (5) (0.PROBLEM 4.72 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. r2 = 5 in.5)(3) = 3.84548 in. b2 = 0. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.. [(2. 1 h 2 (b + b ) 1 2 2 R= r2 (b1r2 − b2r1) ln − h(b1 − b2 ) r1 = (0.00000 in.5)(3) 2 (2.5 − 0) e = r − R = 0. A= b1 = 2.5 in.84548) =− Aer1 (3. .15452 in. All rights reserved. Use formula for trapezoid with b2 = 0. (b) point B.15452 in..15452) (2) σ A = −3..5 + 0) = 2.75 in 2 2 2 r = 2 + 1 = 3. or distributed in any form or by any means.75)(0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.181 Knowing that M = 5 kip ⋅ in.75)(0.5)(5) − (0)(2)] ln 52 − (3)(2. reproduced.65 ksi  yB = R − r2 = −2.

10 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.5) (3) 2 (0 + 2.5)(2)] ln 5 − (3)(0 − 2. without the prior written permission of the publisher. b1 = 0.75 in 2 2 r = 2 + 2 = 4.51 ksi  yB = R − r2 = −1. [(0)(5) − (2.75)(0.182 Knowing that M = 5 kip ⋅ in.14534) (5) σ B = 2.14534) (2) σ A = −8.5)(3) = 3. .. (b) point B. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. No part of this Manual may be displayed. b1 = 0. r1 = 2 in.14534 in. determine the stress at (a) point A.85466 in.14534 in.5) 2 e = r − R = 0.5) = 3.75)(0. SOLUTION A = 1 (2.85466 in. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4. 1 h 2 (b + b ) 1 2 2 R= r2 (b1r2 − b2r1) ln − h (b1 − b2 ) r1 (0.5 in.85466) =− Aer1 (3. r2 = 5 in. All rights reserved.14534) =− Aer2 (3. M = 5 kip ⋅ in = (a) y A = R − r1 = 1. Inc.. σA = − (b) My A (5) (1.00000 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. or distributed in any form or by any means. σB = − MyB (5) (−1. Use formula for trapezoid with b2 = 2.

No part of this Manual may be displayed. mm Ar .183 For the curved beam and loading shown.4725 × 10−3 )(35 × 10−3 ) σ A = 63.6 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.1392 × 10−3 ) =− = −52.8608 mm σA = − (b) M = −250 N ⋅ m My A (−250)(11.9 × 106 Pa Aer1 (900 × 10−6 )(1.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher.8608 mm − (30)(40 − 20) [(40)(65) − (20)(35)]ln 65 35 e = r − R = 1. mm3  600 45 27 × 103  300 55 16. SOLUTION Locate centroid. A.8608 × 10−3 ) =− = 63. A student using this manual is using it without permission. reproduced.9 MPa  yB = R − r2 = −18.333 mm 900 1 2 h 2 (b1 + b2 ) (b1r2 − b2r1) ln r2 r1 − h(b2 − b1) (0.4725 mm (a) y A = R − r1 = 11.5)(30) 2 (40 + 20) = 46. (b) point B.4725 × 10−3 )(65 × 10−3 ) σ B = −52. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.1392 mm σB = − MyB (−250)(−18. determine the stress at (a) point A. mm 2 r . Inc.6 × 106 Pa Aer2 (900 × 10−6 )(1.5 × 103 43.5 × 103 = 48.5 × 103 Σ 900 r = R= = 43. All rights reserved. .

PROBLEM 4.184
For the crane hook shown, determine the largest tensile stress in
section a-a.

SOLUTION
Locate centroid.
A, mm 2

r , mm

Ar , mm3

1050

60

63 × 103

750

80

60 × 103

Σ

1800
r=

Force-couple system at centroid:

103 × 103
103 × 103
= 63.333 mm
1800

P = 15 × 103 N
M = − Pr = −(15 × 103 )(68.333 × 10−3 ) = −1.025 × 103 N ⋅ m
1
2

R=
=

h 2 (b1 + b2 )

(b1r2 − b2 r1 ) ln

r2
r1

− h(b1 − b2 )

(0.5)(60) 2 (35 + 25)
= 63.878 mm
[(35)(100) − (25)(40)]ln 100
− (60)(35 + 25)
40

e = r − R = 4.452 mm

Maximum tensile stress occurs at point A.
y A = R − r1 = 23.878 mm

σA =
=

P My A

A Aer1
15 × 103
−(1.025 × 103 )(23.878 × 10−3 )

1800 × 10−6 (1800 × 10 −6 )(4.452 × 10−3 )(40 × 10−3 )

= 84.7 × 106 Pa

σ A = 84.7 MPa 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.185
Knowing that the machine component shown has a trapezoidal cross
section with a = 3.5 in. and b = 2.5 in., determine the stress at
(a) point A, (b) point B.

SOLUTION
Locate centroid.
A, in 2

r , in.

Ar , in 3

10.5

6

63

7.5

8

60

Σ

18
r=
R=
=

123

123
= 6.8333 in.
18
1 2
h (b1 + b2 )
2
(b1r2 − b2 r1 ) ln

r2
r1

− h(b1 − b2 )

(0.5)(6) 2 (3.5 + 2.5)
= 6.3878 in.
[(3.5)(10) − (2.5)(4)]ln 104 − (6)(3.5 − 2.5)

e = r − R = 0.4452 in.

(a)

(b)

y A = R − r1 = 6.3878 − 4 = 2.3878 in.
My
(80)(2.3878)
σA = − A = −
(18)(0.4452)(4)
Aer1
yB = R − r2 = 6.3878 − 10 = −3.6122 in.
My
(80)( −3.6122)
σB = − B = −
(18)(0.4452)(10)
Aer2

M = 80 kip ⋅ in

σ A = −5.96 ksi 

σ B = 3.61 ksi 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.186
Knowing that the machine component shown has a trapezoidal cross
section with a = 2.5 in. and b = 3.5 in., determine the stress at
(a) point A, (b) point B.

SOLUTION
Locate centroid.
A, in 2

r , in.

Ar , in 3

7.5

6

45

10.5

8

84

Σ

18
r=
R=
=

129
129
= 7.1667 in.
18
1 2
h (b1 + b2 )
2
(b1r2 − b2 r1 ) ln

r2
r1

− h(b1 − b2 )

(0.5)(6)2 (2.5 + 3.5)
= 6.7168 in.
[(2.5)(10) − (3.5)(4)]ln 104 − (6)(2.5 − 3.5)

e = r − R = 0.4499 in.

(a)

y A = R − r1 = 2.7168 in.

σA = −
(b)

M = 80 kip ⋅ in

My A
(80)(2.7168)
=−
(18)(0.4499)(4)
Aer1

σ A = −6.71 ksi 

yB = R − r2 = −3.2832 in.

σB = −

MyB
(80)( −3.2832)
=−
(18)(0.4499)(10)
Aer2

σ B = 3.24 ksi 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.187
Show that if the cross section of a curved beam consists of two or more
rectangles, the radius R of the neutral surface can be expressed as
R=

A

 r   r b2  r b3 
ln  2   3   4  
 r1   r2   r3  


b1

where A is the total area of the cross section.

SOLUTION
R=

=

Note that for each rectangle,

ΣA
A
=
1
Σ dA Σ b ln ri +1
i
r
r

i

A
r 
Σ ln  i +1 
 ri 

bi

=

A
 r b1  r b2  r b3 
ln  2   3   4  
 r1   r2   r3  

ri + 1 dr
1
d A=
bi
ri
r
r
ri + 1 dr
ri +1
= bi
= bi ln
r2 r
ri

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

4. Inc.73 for a circular cross section. All rights reserved.66). SOLUTION Use polar coordinate β as shown. (4. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. reproduced. or distributed in any form or by any means. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Let w be the width as a function of β w = 2 c sin β r = r − c cos β dr = c sin β d β dA = w dr = 2c 2 sin 2 β d β  dA = r  dA = r   =2 =2 2 c 2 sin β dβ r − c cos β π 0 c 2 (1 − cos 2 β ) dβ r − c cos β π 0   r 2 − c 2 cos 2 β − (r 2 − c 2 ) dβ r − c cos β π 0 π 0 (r + c cos β ) d β − 2(r 2 − c 2 ) = 2r β π 0 2 + 2c sin β 2 − 2( r − c )  π 0 dr r − c cos β π 0 2 r 2 − c2 tan −1 ( ) r 2 − c 2 tan 1 β 2 r +c π 0 π  = 2r (π − 0) + 2c(0 − 0) − 4 r 2 − c 2 ⋅  − 0  2  = 2π r − 2π r 2 − c 2 A = π c2 R=  1 = 2 A c2 r + r 2 − c2 1 π c2 = = × dA 2π r − 2π r 2 − c 2 2 r − r 2 − c 2 r + r 2 − c 2 r ( c 2 r + r 2 − c2 2 2 2 r − (r − c ) ) = 1 c (r + 2 2 r 2 − c2 c 2 )=1 r+ 2( ) r 2 − c2   PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.PROBLEM 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher. derive the expression for R given in Fig. No part of this Manual may be displayed. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.188 Using Eq.

.73 for a trapezoidal cross section. derive the expression for R given in Fig.66). No part of this Manual may be displayed. 4. SOLUTION The section width w varies linearly with r. A student using this manual is using it without permission. (4. or distributed in any form or by any means. w = c0 + c1r w = b1 at r = r1 and w = b2 at r = r2 b1 = c0 + c1r1 b2 = c0 + c1r2 b1 − b2 = c1 (r1 − r2 ) = −c1h b −b c1 = − 1 2 h r2 b1 − r1b2 = ( r2 − r1 )c0 = hc0 r b − rb c0 = 2 1 1 2 h r2 w r2 c + c r dA 0 1 dr = dr = r1 r r1 r r r2 r2 = c0 ln r + c1 r    r1 r1 r = c0 ln 2 + c1 (r2 − r1 ) r1 r2b1 − r1b2 r2 b1 − b2 = ln − h h r1 h r b − rb r = 2 1 1 2 ln 2 − (b1 − b2 ) h r1 1 A = (b1 + b2 ) h 2 1 2 h (b1 + b2 ) A 2 R= = r dA (r2 b1 − r1b2 ) ln r2 − h(b1 − b2 ) r   1 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved.189 Using Eq. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. Inc. without the prior written permission of the publisher.PROBLEM 4. reproduced.

.73 for a triangular cross section. All rights reserved. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc. reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission. 4. without the prior written permission of the publisher.66). No part of this Manual may be displayed. derive the expression for R given in Fig.  w = c0 + c1r w = b at r = r1 and w = 0 at r = r2 b = c0 + c1r1 0 = c0 + c1r2 b = c1 ( r1 − r2 ) = −c1h br b c1 = − and c0 = −c1r2 = 2 h h r r 2 w 2 c + c r dA 0 1 dr = dr = r r r r 1 r 1 r2 r2 = c0 ln r + c1 r   r1 r1 r = c0 ln 2 + c1 (r2 − r1 ) r1 br r b = 2 ln 2 − h h r1 h r  br r r = 2 ln 2 − b = b  2 ln 2 − 1 h r1  h r1  1 A = bh 2 1 1 bh h A 2 R= = = r 2r r r 2 dA ln r2 − 1 b h2 ln r2 − 1 h r 1  ( 1 )  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.190 Using Equation (4.PROBLEM 4. or distributed in any form or by any means. SOLUTION The section width w varies linearly with r.

.9686 5. show that the radial stress at the neutral surface is r1 M  R σr = 1 − − ln  Ae  R r1  and compute the value of σ r for the curved bar of Examples 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.10 and 4.25 5. r1 = 5. No part of this Manual may be displayed. ..9686 in.25  σ r = −0. R = 5. All rights reserved. σr = A = 3. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.0314)  5.9686   − ln 1− (3.11 as data. e = 0. (Hint: consider the free-body diagram of the portion of the beam located above the neutral surface. without the prior written permission of the publisher.75)(0.54 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. reproduced. the resultant force is σr = At radial distance r. 8 5.11.75 in 2 . M = 8 kip ⋅ in.25 in.0314 in. or distributed in any form or by any means. A student using this manual is using it without permission.  H = σ r dA =  R r1 σ r bdr Mb R MRb R dr dr − Ae r1 Ae r1 r r1 Mb MRb R MbR  R = ( R − r1 ) − ln = 1 − − ln  Ae Ae r1 Ae  R r1   =   Fr = σ r cos β dA Resultant of σ n : = θ /2 θ − /2 σ r cos β (bRd β ) = σ r bR θ /2 = σ r bR sin β For equilibrium: Fr − 2 H sin 2σ r bR sin θ 2 θ 2 −θ /2 θ /2 θ − /2 cos β d β = 2σ r bR sin θ 2 =0 −2 θ MbR  r1 R 1 − − ln  sin = 0 Ae  R r1  2 σr = M  r1 R 1 − − ln  Ae  R r1   Using results of Examples 4.10 and 4.191 For a curved bar of rectangular cross section subjected to a bending couple M. Inc.) SOLUTION M (r − R) M MR = − Aer Ae Aer For portion above the neutral axis.PROBLEM 4.

reproduced.PROBLEM 4. 36 Neutral axis lies 3 in. ybot = −3 in. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION A y0 A y0  18 5 90  18 1 18 Σ 36 Y0 = 108 108 = 3 in. above the base. A student using this manual is using it without permission. No part of this Manual may be displayed. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. .71 ksi (compression)  σ bot = 8.192 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross section shown. or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved. 1 1 b1h13 + A1d12 = (3)(6)3 + (18)(2) 2 = 126 in 4 12 12 1 1 I 2 = b2 h23 + A2 d 22 = (9)(2)3 + (18)(2) 2 = 78 in 4 12 12 I = I1 + I 2 = 126 + 78 = 204 in 4 I1 = ytop = 5 in. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in portion BC of the beam.82 ksi (tension)  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. Inc. without the prior written permission of the publisher. M − Pa = 0 M = Pa = (15)(40) = 600 kip ⋅ in σ top = − σ bot = − M ytop I =− (600)(5) 204 M ybot (600)(−3) =− I 204 σ top = −14.

003) = 965 × 106 Pa 0. (b) the corresponding bending moment in the rod. ρ= I= (a) σ max = (b) M= Ec EI ρ ρ = = c= 1 1 1 1 D − d = (1.PROBLEM 4. Assuming that the yield strength is not exceeded. All rights reserved.622 (200 × 109 )(63. without the prior written permission of the publisher.193 Straight rods of 6-mm diameter and 30-m length are stored by coiling the rods inside a drum of 1. Inc. Let 1 d. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.622 m 2 2 2 2 π 4 c4 = π 4 (0. 2 ρ = radius of curvature of centerline of rods when bent. SOLUTION D = inside diameter of the drum. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.617 × 10−12 ) = 20. .622 σ = 965 MPa  M = 20.25-m inside diameter.003) 4 = 63.5 N ⋅ m 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. determine (a) the maximum stress in a coiled rod. reproduced.5 N ⋅ m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. A student using this manual is using it without permission. Use E = 200 GPa.25) − (6 × 10−3 ) = 0. or distributed in any form or by any means.617 × 10−12 m 4 (200 × 109 )(0. d = diameter of rod.

PROBLEM 4.194
Knowing that for the beam shown the allowable stress is 12 ksi in
tension and 16 ksi in compression, determine the largest couple M that
can be applied.

SOLUTION
 = rectangle

 = semi-circular cutout
A1 = (2.4)(1.2) = 2.88 in 2
A2 =

π
2

(0.75) 2 = 0.8836 in 2

A = 2.88 − 0.8836 = 1.9964 in 2
y1 = 0.6 in.
4r
(4)(0.75)
=
= 0.3183 in.


ΣA y
(2.88)(0.6) − (0.8836)(0.3183)
Y =
=
= 0.7247 in.
ΣA
1.9964

y2 =

Neutral axis lies 0.7247 in. above the bottom.
Moment of inertia about the base:
1
π
1
π
I b = bh3 − r 4 = (2.4)(1.2)3 − (0.75)4 = 1.25815 in 4
3
8
3
8

Centroidal moment of inertia:
I = I b − AY 2 = 1.25815 − (1.9964)(0.7247) 2 = 0.2097 in 4
ytop = 1.2 − 0.7247 = 0.4753 in.,
ybot = −0.7247 in.
|σ | =

My
I

M=

σI
y

Top: (tension side)

M=

(12)(0.2097)
= 5.29 kip ⋅ in
0.4753

Bottom: (compression)

M=

(16)(0.2097)
= 4.63 kip ⋅ in
0.7247

Choose the smaller value.

M = 4.63 kip ⋅ in 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.195
In order to increase corrosion resistance, a 2-mm-thick cladding of
aluminum has been added to a steel bar as shown. The modulus of
elasticity is 200 GPa for steel and 70 GPa for aluminum. For a
bending moment of 300 N ⋅ m, determine (a) the maximum stress
in the steel, (b) the maximum stress in the aluminum, (c) the radius
of curvature of the bar.

SOLUTION
Use aluminum as the reference material.
n = 1 in aluminum.

n=

Es
200
=
= 2.857 in steel.
Ea
70

Cross section geometry:
Steel: As = (46 mm)(26 mm) = 1196 mm 2

Is =

1
(46 mm)(26 mm)3 = 67,375 mm 4
12

Aluminum: Aa = (50 mm)(30 mm) − 1196 mm 2 = 304 mm 2
Ia =

1
(50 mm)(30 mm3 ) − 67,375mm 4 = 45,125mm 4
12

Transformed section.
I = na I a + ns I s = (1)(45,125) + (2.857)(67,375) = 237, 615 mm 4 = 237.615 × 10−9 m 4

Bending moment.
(a)

ys = 13mm = 0.013m

ns Mys
(2.857)(300)(0.013)
=
= 46.9 × 106 Pa
I
237.615 × 10−9

Maximum stress in aluminum:

σa =
(c)

ns = 2.857

Maximum stress in steel:

σs =
(b)

M = 300 N ⋅ m

na = 1,

ya = 15 mm = 0.015 m

na Mya
(1)(300)(0.015)
=
= 18.94 × 106 Pa
I
237.615 × 10−9

Radius of curvative: ρ =

EI
M

ρ =

σ s = 46.9 MPa 

(70 × 109 )(237.615 × 10−9 )
300

σ a = 18.94 MPa 
ρ = 55.4 m 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.196
A single vertical force P is applied to a short steel post as shown.
Gages located at A, B, and C indicate the following strains:
∈A = −500μ

∈B = −1000μ

∈C = −200μ

Knowing that E = 29 × 106 psi, determine (a) the magnitude of
P, (b) the line of action of P, (c) the corresponding strain at the
hidden edge of the post, where x = −2.5 in. and z = −1.5 in.

SOLUTION
1
(5)(3)3 = 11.25 in 4
12
M x = Pz
M z = − Px
Ix =

Iz =

1
(3)(5)3 = 31.25 in 4
12

A = (5)(3) = 15 in 2

x A = −2.5 in., xB = 2.5 in., xC = 2.5 in., xD = −2.5 in.
z A = 1.5 in., z B = 1.5 in., zC = −1.5 in., z D = −1.5 in.

σ A = Eε A = (29 × 106 )(−500 × 10−6 ) = −14,500 psi = −14.5 ksi
σ B = Eε B = (29 × 106 )(−1000 × 10−6 ) = −29,000 psi = −29 ksi
σ C = Eε C = (29 × 106 )(−200 × 10−6 ) = −5800 psi = −5.8 ksi
σA = −

P M x z A M z xA

+
= −0.06667 P − 0.13333 M x − 0.08 M z
A
Ix
Iz

(1)

σB = −

P M x z B M z xB

+
= −0.06667 P − 0.13333 M x + 0.08 M z
A
Ix
Iz

(2)

σC = −

P M x zC
M x

+ z C = −0.06667 P + 0.13333 M x + 0.08 M z
A
Ix
Iz

(3)

Substituting the values for σ A , σ B , and σ C into (1), (2), and (3) and solving the simultaneous equations
gives
M x = 87 kip ⋅ in, M z = −90.625 kip ⋅ in,
(a) P = 152.25 kips 

x=−

z =

Mz
−90.625
=−

P
152.25

Mx
87
=

P
152.25

σD = −

(c)

(b) x = 0.595 in. 
z = 0.571 in. 

P M x z D M z xD

+
= −0.06667 P + 0.13333 M x − 0.08 M z
A
Ix
Iz

= −(0.06667)(152.25) + (0.13333)(87) − (0.08)(−90.625) = 8.70 ksi 

Strain at hidden edge:

ε =

σD
E

=

8.70 × 103
29 × 106

 

ε = 300 u 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

PROBLEM 4.197
For the split ring shown, determine the stress at (a) point A,
(b) point B.

SOLUTION
r1 =

1
40 = 20 mm,
2

r2 =

A = (14)(25) = 350 mm 2

1
(90) = 45 mm h = r2 − r1 = 25 mm
2
25
h
R = r = 45 = 30.8288 mm
2
ln 20
ln r
1

1
r = (r1 + r2 ) = 32.5 mm
2

e = r − R = 1.6712 mm

Reduce the internal forces transmitted across section AB to a force-couple system at the centroid of the cross
section. The bending couple is
M = Pa = P r = (2500)(32.5 × 10−3 ) = 81.25 N ⋅ m

(a)

Point A:

rA = 20 mm

y A = 30.8288 − 20 = 10.8288 mm

P My A
2500
(81.25)(10.8288 × 10−3 )

=−

A AeR
350 × 10−6 (350 × 10−6 )(1.6712 × 10−3 )(20 × 10−3 )
6
= −82.4 × 10 Pa

σA = −

(b)

Point B:

rB = 45 mm

σ A = −82.4 MPa 

yB = 30.8288 − 45 = −14.1712 mm

2500
(81.25)( −14.1712 × 10−3 )
P MyB

=−

A AerB
350 × 10−6 (350 × 10−6 )(1.6712 × 10−3 )(45 × 10−3 )
= 36.6 × 106 Pa

σB = −

σ B = 36.6 MPa 

PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.

15 × 10−6 m 4 203 = 101.2629 Iy 1.9696 × 103 )(−101. SOLUTION For W200 × 19.6972 × 103 N ⋅ m (a) tan ϕ = Iz 16.3 rolled-steel beam as shown.5 mm 2 102 = zE = = 51 mm 2 y A = yB = − yD = − yE = z A = − zB = − zD M z = (8 × 103 ) cos 5° = 7.6°  Maximum tensile stress occurs at point D.6 × 106 Pa σ D = 79.3 rolled steel sector.198 A couple M of moment 8 kN ⋅ m acting in a vertical plane is applied to a W200 × 19. reproduced.9696 × 103 N ⋅ m M y = −(8 × 103 )sin 5° = −0.6 × 10−6 tan θ = tan(−5°) = −1.6° − 5° (b) α = 46.5 × 10−3 ) (−0. Inc. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. σD = − (7.15 × 10−6 ϕ = −51. without the prior written permission of the publisher. A student using this manual is using it without permission.PROBLEM 4. No part of this Manual may be displayed.6 × 10−6 m 4 I y′ = 1.6 × 10−6 1.6 × 106 mm 4 = 16. All rights reserved. .6 MPa  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.15 × 10−6 = 79.6972 × 103 )(−51 × 10−3 ) M z yD M y z D + =− + Iz Iy 16. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the horizontal plane.6° α = 51. (b) the maximum stress in the beam.15 × 106 mm 4 = 1. or distributed in any form or by any means. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. I z′ = 16.

50 KMc (1.140625 in 4 12 c = 0.5 = 2 From Fig.75) = = 8. reproduced.33 × 103 psi I 0.140625 σ max = 8.31. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION For each case.75 in. .75)(1000)(0. All rights reserved.2 From Fig 4.5)3 = 0.2 K = 1.3/1.199 Determine the maximum stress in each of the two machine elements shown. Inc.33 ksi  r/d = 0. A student using this manual is using it without permission.75 σ max = 9.5 = 0. M = (400)(2. or distributed in any form or by any means.PROBLEM 4.5 = 2 r/d = 0. I = (a) D/d = 3/1.00 ksi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. σ max = (b) KMc (1.50)(1000)(0.5)(1. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.32.140625 D/d = 3/1.00 × 103 psi I 0. without the prior written permission of the publisher. 4.5) = 1000 lb ⋅ in At the minimum section.5 = 0.3/1. No part of this Manual may be displayed. σ max = K = 1.75) = = 9. 1 (0.

Inc. . (b) at B.PROBLEM 4.200 The shape shown was formed by bending a thin steel plate. without the prior written permission of the publisher. reproduced. (c) at C. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. No part of this Manual may be displayed. Assuming that the thickness t is small compared to the length a of a side of the shape. A student using this manual is using it without permission. SOLUTION Moment of inertia about centroid:  a  1 2 2t   12  2 1 = ta3 12 ( I= Area: ) 3  a  a A = 2 2t   = 2at . determine the stress (a) at A. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. c = 2 2  2 ( ) (a) P P Pec P σA = − = − A I 2at (b) P P Pec P σB = + = + 2at A I (c) σC = σ A ( )( ) a 2 2 1 ta 12 a 2 2 3 ( )( ) a 2 1 ta 3 12 a 2 σA = − P  2at σB = − 2P  at σC = − P  2at PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. All rights reserved.

201 Three 120 × 10-mm steel plates have been welded together to form the beam shown. A student using this manual is using it without permission.7 kN ⋅ m  = (200 × 109 )(30 × 10−3 ) 300 × 106 ρ = 20 m  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL.7 × 103 N ⋅ m (b) y3 = 20 mm = 20 × 10−3 m yY ρ = σY E ρ= EyY σY M = 56. Assuming that the steel is elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and σ Y = 300 MPa. or distributed in any form or by any means. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. without the prior written permission of the publisher. (b) the corresponding radius of curvature of the beam. reproduced. determine (a) the bending moment for which the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the beam are 40 mm thick. All rights reserved. . © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION A1 = (120)(10) = 1200 mm 2 R1 = σ Y A1 = (300 × 106 )(1200 × 10− 6 ) = 360 × 103 N A2 = (30)(10) = 300 mm 2 R2 = σ Y A2 = (300 × 106 )(300 × 10−6 ) = 90 × 103 N A3 = (30)(10) = 300 mm 2 1 1 R3 = σ Y A2 = (300 × 106 )(300 × 10−6 ) = 45 × 103 N 2 2 y1 = 65 mm = 65 × 10−3 m y2 = 45 mm = 45 × 10−3 m (a) M = 2( R1 y1 + R2 y2 + R3 y3 ) = 2{(360)(65) + (90)(45) + (45)(20)} = 56.PROBLEM 4. Inc. No part of this Manual may be displayed.

28 A I = Σ( I + Ad 2 ) = + 1 (4)(1)3 + (4)(1)(2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. SOLUTION (a) M =0 Centric loading: σ =− P A A = (4)(4) + (4)(1)(4) = 32 in 2 σ =− (b) Eccentric loading: M = Pe σ =− 16 × 103 32 σ = −500 psi  P Pec − A I A = (4) (4) + (3)(1)(3) = 28 in 2 e= y ΣAy (1)(4)(2. 2. timber.762 M =0 σ =− σ = −822 psi  P A A = (6) (4) = 24 in 2 σ =− 16 × 103 24 σ = −667 psi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. or distributed in any form or by any means. (c) planks 1 and 2 are removed.202 A short column is made by nailing four 1 × 4-in. (b) plank 1 is removed.762 in 4 12 σ =− (c) Centric loading: 1 (6)(4)3 + (6) (4)(0.PROBLEM 4.35714 in.14286) 2 = 53.35714) 2 12 16 × 103 (16 × 103 ) (0. Inc. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Determine the largest compressive stress created in the column by a 16-kip load applied as shown in the center of the top section of the timber if (a) the column is as described. and 3 are removed. All rights reserved. (e) all planks are removed. (d) planks 1. A student using this manual is using it without permission.35714) (2. planks to a 4 × 4-in. . reproduced.35714) − 28 53.5) y= = = 0. No part of this Manual may be displayed. without the prior written permission of the publisher.

1 I = (4)(5)3 = 41. or distributed in any form or by any means.5 − 2 = 0.5) − 20 41.667 in 4 12 σ =− (e) Centric loading: M =0 16 × 103 (16 × 103 ) (0.202 (Continued) (d) Eccentric loading: M = Pe σ =− P Pec − A I A = (4) (1) = (1)(4)(1) = 20 in 2 x = 2. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. without the prior written permission of the publisher. All rights reserved.667 σ =− e=x σ = −1280 psi  P A A = (4)(4) = 16 in 2 σ =− 16 × 103 16 σ = −1000 psi  PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. .5) (2.PROBLEM 4. reproduced. No part of this Manual may be displayed. A student using this manual is using it without permission.5 in. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. Inc.

Denoting by σ1 the maximum stress and by ρ1 the radius of curvature of each strip while the couples were applied.PROBLEM 4. After the two surfaces of contact have been securely bonded. σ ′D = = σ1 2 2 2 bt bt 2 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. . M ′ = 2 M 1. σ B = σ1. reproduced. σ C = −σ1. After the strips are glued together. σ D = σ 1 The total bending couple is 2M1. Loading one strip.203 Two thin strips of the same material and same cross section are bent by couples of the same magnitude and glued together. the couples are removed. or distributed in any form or by any means. All rights reserved. SOLUTION Let b = width and t = thickness of one strip. M = M1 I1 = 1 3 1 bt . A student using this manual is using it without permission. the stresses are those given in the sketch above. B. c = t 12 2 M 1c σ M1 = I bt 2 1 M 12 M1 = 1 = ρ1 EI1 Et 3 σ1 = After M1 is applied to each of the strips. C. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. this couple is removed. Inc. and D. No part of this Manual may be displayed. without the prior written permission of the publisher. I ′ = 1 2 b(2t )3 = bt 3 12 3 c=t The stresses removed are σ′ = − M ′y 2M y 3M1 y = − 2 13 = − I bt bt 2 3 σ ′A = − 3M1 1 3M 1 1 = − σ1. σ ′B = σ C′ = 0. (b) the final radius of curvature. determine (a) the final stresses at points A. They are σ A = −σ1. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies.

All rights reserved. . reproduced. A student using this manual is using it without permission. or distributed in any form or by any means. Inc.203 (Continued) (a) Final stresses: 1 2 σ A = −σ1 − (− σ 1) 1 2 σ A = − σ1  σ B = σ1  σ C = −σ1  1 2 σ D = σ1 − σ1 1 ρ′ (b)  = σD = 1 σ1  2 M′ 2M 3M 1 1 1 = 2 13 = = EI ′ 4 ρ′ E 3 bt Et 3 Final radius: 1 ρ = 1 ρ1 − 1 1 1 1 3 1 = − = ρ ′ ρ1 4 ρ1 4 ρ1 ρ = 4 ρ1  3 PROPRIETARY MATERIAL. without the prior written permission of the publisher. or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.PROBLEM 4. © 2012 The McGraw-Hill Companies. No part of this Manual may be displayed.